Mitsubishi GOT2000 GT27 Hardware User's Manual PDF

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware)

-GT27 model -GT25 model -GT25 open frame model -GT25 wide model -GT25 rugged model -GT23 model -GT21 model -GT21 wide model -Handy GOT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Be sure to read these instructions before using this product. Before using the product, read this manual and the relevant manuals introduced in this manual carefully and handle the product properly with full attention to safety. Note that these precautions apply only to this product. In this manual, the safety instructions are ranked as "WARNING" and "CAUTION".

Note that failure to observe the CAUTION level instructions may also lead to serious results depending on the circumstances. Be sure to observe the instructions of both levels to ensure personal safety. Please keep this manual in accessible place and be sure to forward it to the end user.

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING Some failures of the GOT, communication unit or cable may keep the outputs on or off.

Some failures of a touch panel may cause malfunction of the input objects such as a touch switch. An external monitoring circuit should be provided to check for output signals which may lead to a serious accident.Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

Do not use the GOT as the warning device that may cause a serious accident. An independent and redundant hardware or mechanical interlock is required to configure the device that displays and outputs serious warning. Failure to observe this instruction may result in an accident due to incorrect output or malfunction.

When the GOT backlight has a failure, the GOT status will be as follows. Failure to observe this instruction may result in an accident due to incorrect output or malfunction. [GT27, GT25, GT23] The POWER LED blinks (orange/blue), the display section dims, and inputs by a touch switch are disabled. [GT2105-Q] The POWER LED blinks (orange/blue), and the display section dims. However, inputs by a touch switch are still available. [GT2107-W, GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] The display section dims. However, inputs by a touch switch are still available. Even if the display section dims, inputs by a touch switch may still be available. This may cause an unintended operation of the touch switch. For example, if an operator assumes that the display section has dimmed because of the screen save function and touches the display section to cancel the screen save, a touch switch may be activated. The GOT backlight failure can be checked with a system signal of the GOT. (This system signal is not available on GT2107-W, GT2104-R, GT2104-P, and GT2103-P.)

WARNING

CAUTION

Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury.

Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage.

1

2

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING The display section of the GOT is an analog-resistive type touch panel.

When multiple points of the display section are touched simultaneously, an accident may occur due to incorrect output or malfunction. [GT27] Do not touch three points or more simultaneously on the display section. Doing so may cause an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction. [GT25, GT23, GT21] Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the display section. Doing so may cause a touch switch near the touched points to operate unexpectedly, or may cause an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction.

When programs or parameters of the controller (such as a PLC) that is monitored by the GOT are changed, be sure to reset the GOT, or turn on the unit again after shutting off the power as soon as possible. Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

If a communication fault (including cable disconnection) occurs during monitoring on the GOT, communication between the GOT and PLC CPU is suspended and the GOT becomes inoperative. For bus connection (GT27 and GT25 only): The GOT becomes inoperative. Power on the PLC CPU again to reestablish communication. For other than bus connection: The GOT becomes inoperative. A system where the GOT is used should be configured to perform any significant operation to the system by using the switches of a device other than the GOT on the assumption that a GOT communication fault will occur. Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

To maintain the security (confidentiality, integrity, and availability) of the GOT and the system against unauthorized access, DoS*1 attacks, computer viruses, and other cyberattacks from unreliable networks and devices via network, take appropriate measures such as firewalls, virtual private networks (VPNs), and antivirus solutions. Mitsubishi Electric shall have no responsibility or liability for any problems involving GOT trouble and system trouble by unauthorized access, DoS attacks, computer viruses, and other cyberattacks. *1 DoS: A denial-of-service (DoS) attack disrupts services by overloading systems or exploiting vulnerabilities, resulting in a denial-of-service (DoS) state.

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

[MOUNTING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION Do not bundle the control and communication cables with main-circuit, power or other wiring.

Run the above cables separately from such wiring and keep them a minimum of 100mm apart. Not doing so noise can cause a malfunction.

Do not press the GOT display section with a pointed material as a pen or driver. Doing so can result in a damage or failure of the display section.

When the GOT connects to an Ethernet network, the IP address setting is restricted according to the system configuration. [GT27,GT25,GT23] When a GOT2000 series model and a GOT1000 series model are on an Ethernet network, do not set the IP address 192.168.0.18 for the GOTs and the controllers on this network. Doing so can cause IP address duplication at the GOT startup, adversely affecting the communication of the device with the IP address 192.168.0.18. The operation at the IP address duplication depends on the devices and the system. [GT21] Setting the IP address (192.168.3.18) in the following system configurations can cause IP address duplication at GOT startup, adversely affecting communications of the device whose IP address is 192.168.3.18. The operation at IP address duplication depends on the devices and the system. When multiple GOTs connect to the Ethernet network: Do not set the IP address (192.168.3.18) for the GOTs and the controllers in the network. When one GOT connects to the Ethernet network: Do not set the IP address (192.168.3.18) for the controllers other than the GOT in the network.

When using the Ethernet interfaces, set an IP address for each interface to access a different network.

Turn on the controllers and the network devices to be ready for communication before they communicate with the GOT. Failure to do so can cause a communication error on the GOT.

When the GOT is subject to shock or vibration, or some colors appear on the screen of the GOT, the screen of the GOT might flicker.

WARNING Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before mounting or

removing the GOT main unit to/from the panel. Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction.

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before mounting or removing the option unit onto/from the GOT. (GT27, GT25 Only)

3

4

[MOUNTING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION Use the GOT in the environment that satisfies the general specifications described in this manual.

Not doing so can cause an electric shock, fire, malfunction or product damage or deterioration. When mounting the GOT to the control panel, tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque

range with a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 2. [GT27, GT25-W, GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-V, GT23, GT2107-W] Specified torque range (0.36 Nm to 0.48 Nm) [GT2505-V, GT2105-Q] Specified torque range (0.30 Nm to 0.50 Nm) [GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] Specified torque range (0.20 Nm to 0.25 Nm) Undertightening can cause the GOT to drop, short circuit or malfunction. Overtightening can cause a drop, short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or the GOT.

When mounting a unit on the GOT, tighten the mounting screws in the following specified torque range. [GT27, GT25 (except GT25-W)] When loading the communication unit or option unit other than wireless LAN unit to the GOT, fit it to the connection interface of the GOT and tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque range (0.36 Nm to 0.48 Nm) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 2. When loading the wireless LAN unit to the GOT, fit it to the side interface of GOT and tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque range (0.10 Nm to 0.14 Nm) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 1. When the GOT is installed vertically, its side interface is positioned on the bottom. To prevent the falling of the wireless LAN communication unit from the side interface, install or remove the unit while holding it with hands. [GT25-W] When mounting the wireless LAN communication unit on the GOT, fit it to the wireless LAN communication unit interface and tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque range (0.10 Nm to 0.14 Nm) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No.1. [GT2103-P] When mounting the SD card unit on the GOT, fit it onto the GOT rear face and tighten the tapping screws in the specified torque range (0.3 Nm to 0.6 Nm) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 2. Under tightening can cause the GOT to drop, short circuit or malfunction. Overtightening can cause a drop, failure or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

When closing the USB environmental protection cover, note the following points to ensure the IP rating. [GT27, GT25 (except GT25-W and GT2505-V)] Push the [PUSH] mark on the latch firmly to fix the cover to the GOT. [GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, GT2505-V, GT2107-W] Push the USB mark on the latch firmly to fix the cover to the GOT. [GT2105-Q] Tighten the lower fixing screws of the cover in the specified torque range (0.36 Nm to 0.48 Nm) to fix the cover to the GOT.

[MOUNTING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION Remove the protective film of the GOT.

When the user continues using the GOT with the protective film, the film may not be removed. In addition, for the models equipped with the human sensor function, using the GOT with the protective film may cause the human sensor not to function properly

For GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, and GT2508F-V, attach an environmental protection sheet dedicated to the open frame model (sold separately) to the display section. Or, attach a user-prepared environmental protection sheet. Not doing so may damage or soil the GOT or cause foreign matter to enter the GOT, resulting in a failure or malfunction.

When installing the supplied fittings on GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, or GT2508F-V, tighten screws in the specified torque range (0.8 Nm to 1.0 Nm). Meld studs on the control panel to fasten the fittings. The studs must have strength adequate to withstand a tightening torque of 0.9 Nm or more. Make sure that no foreign matter such as welding waste is at and around the bases of the studs. Tighten nuts on the studs in the specified torque range (0.8 Nm to 0.9 Nm) with a wrench for M4 nuts. Undertightening a screw or nut may cause the GOT to drop, short-circuit, or malfunction. Overtightening a screw or nut may damage it or the GOT, causing the GOT to drop, short-circuit, or malfunction.

Do not operate or store the GOT in the environment exposed to direct sunlight, rain, high temperature, dust, humidity, or vibrations.

Although GT2507T-W is ruggedized for environments such as UV rays, temperatures and vibrations, its operation is not guaranteed in all conditions and environments. Make sure to use or store the GOT in an appropriate environment.

When using the GOT in the environment of oil or chemicals, use the protective cover for oil. Failure to do so may cause failure or malfunction due to the oil or chemical entering into the GOT.

Do not operate the GOT with its display section frozen. The water droplets on the display section may freeze at a low temperature. Touch switches and other input objects may malfunction if the display section is frozen.

5

6

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before wiring.

Failure to do so may result in an electric shock, product damage or malfunctions. After installation, wiring, or other work, make sure to attach the back cover to the Handy GOT before

turning on the power and starting operation. Not doing so may cause an electrical shock.

The Handy GOT is designed to operate on DC power. Supply power to the power supply, operation switch, and emergency stop switch within the specifications. Not doing so may cause a fire or failure.

Correctly wire the 24 V DC power cable (terminal) of the Handy GOT and [+]/[-] of the DC power supply equipment as shown in this manual. Not doing so may cause a failure due to a reverse power connection.

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING Ground the FG terminal of the Handy GOT with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a drain

wire that has a cross-sectional area of 2 or more. Do not use common grounding with higher voltage systems. Failure to observe these instructions may cause an electric shock or malfunction.

When making a connection cable or installing wiring, make sure that no chips or wire offcuts enter the Handy GOT. Not doing so may cause a fire, failure or malfunction.

CAUTION When grounding the FG terminal and LG terminal of the GOT power supply section, note the following

points. Not doing so may cause an electric shock or malfunction. [GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2107-W, GT2105-Q] Make sure to ground the FG terminal and LG terminal of the GOT power supply section solely for the GOT (ground resistance: 100 or less, ground cable diameter: 1.6 mm or more). (GT2705-V, GT25- W, GT2505-V, GT2107-W, and GT2105-Q do not have the LG terminal.) [GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] Make sure to ground the FG terminal of the GOT power supply section with a ground resistance of 100 or less. (For GT2104-PMBLS and GT2103-PMBLS, grounding is unnecessary.)

When tightening the terminal screws, use the following screwdrivers. [GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2107-W, GT2105-Q] Use a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 2. [GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] For the usable screwdrivers, refer to the following. Page 324 Power Supply Wiring to the GOT

Tighten the terminal screws of the GOT power supply section in the following specified torque range. [GT27, GT25, GT23] Specified torque range (0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm)

For a terminal processing of a wire to the GOT power supply section, use the following terminal. [GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2107-W, GT2105-Q] Use applicable solderless terminals for terminal processing of a wire and tighten them with thespecified torque. Not doing so can cause a fire, failure or malfunction. [GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] Connect a stranded wire or a solid wire directly, or use a rod terminal with an insulation sleeve.

Correctly wire the GOT power supply section after confirming the rated voltage and terminal arrangement of the product. Not doing so can cause a fire or failure.

7

8

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

[TEST OPERATION PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION Tighten the terminal screws of the GOT power supply section in the following specified torque range.

[GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2107-W, GT2105-Q] Specified torque range (0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm) [GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P] Specified torque range (0.22 Nm to 0.25 Nm)

Exercise care to avoid foreign matter such as chips and wire offcuts entering the GOT. Not doing so can cause a fire, failure or malfunction.

Some models have an ingress prevention label on their top to prevent foreign matter, such as wire offcuts, from entering the GOT during wiring. Do not peel this label during wiring. Before starting system operation, be sure to peel this label because of heat dissipation.

Plug the communication cable into the GOT interface or the connector of the connected unit, andtighten the mounting screws and the terminal screws in the specified torque range. Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

Plug the QnA/ACPU/Motion controller(A series) bus connection cable by inserting it into theconnector of the connected unit until it "clicks". After plugging, check that it has been inserted snugly. Not doing so can cause a malfunction due to a contact fault.

When you use the Handy GOT, run the connected cable in ducts or clamp the cable. Not doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged due to the dangling, motion or accidentalpulling of the cables or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.

When you remove a cable from the Handy GOT, do not pull the cable portion. Doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged or can cause a malfunction due to a cableconnection fault.

WARNING Before testing the operation of a user-created screen (such as turning on or off a bit device, changing

the current value of a word device, changing the set value or current value of a timer or counter, and changing the current value of a buffer memory), thoroughly read the manual to fully understand the operating procedure. During the test operation, never change the data of the devices which are used to perform significant operation for the system. False output or malfunction can cause an accident.

[STARTUP/MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS]

[STARTUP/MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING When power is on, do not touch the terminals.

Doing so can cause an electric shock or malfunction. Correctly connect the battery connector.

Do not charge, disassemble, heat, short-circuit, solder, or throw the battery into the fire. Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat, explode, or ignite, resulting in injury and fire.

Before starting cleaning or terminal screw retightening, always switch off the power externally in all phases. Not switching the power off in all phases can cause a unit failure or malfunction. Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction. Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

CAUTION Do not disassemble or modify the unit.

Doing so can cause a failure, malfunction, injury or fire. Do not touch the conductive and electronic parts of the unit directly.

Doing so can cause a unit malfunction or failure. The cables connected to the unit must be run in ducts or clamped.

Not doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged due to the dangling, motion or accidental pulling of the cables or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.

When unplugging the cable connected to the unit, do not hold and pull from the cable portion. Doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.

Do not drop the module or subject it to strong shock. A module damage may result. Do not drop or give an impact to the battery mounted to the unit.

Doing so may damage the battery, causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery. If the battery is dropped or given an impact, dispose of it without using.

Before touching the unit, always touch grounded metals, etc. to discharge static electricity from human body, etc. Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction.

Use the battery manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. Use of other batteries may cause a risk of fire or explosion.

Dispose of used battery promptly. Keep away from children.Do not disassemble and do not dispose of in fire.

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply before replacing the battery or using the dip switch of the terminating resistor. Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction by static electricity.

9

10

[STARTUP/MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS]

[TOUCH PANEL PRECAUTIONS]

[PRECAUTIONS FOR USING A DATA STORAGE]

CAUTION Before cleaning the GOT, be sure to turn off the power.

Before cleaning, check the following items. Ensure that there are no problems with the installation condition of the GOT to the control panel. Ensure that there are no damages on the environmental protection sheet (not replaceable). If the environmental protection sheet peels or the cleaning solution enters between the sheet and the display section during cleaning, stop the cleaning immediately. In such a case, do not use the GOT.

CAUTION For the analog-resistive film type touch panels, normally the adjustment is not required.

However, the difference between a touched position and the object position may occur as the period of use elapses. When any difference between a touched position and the object position occurs, execute the touch panel calibration.

When any difference between a touched position and the object position occurs, other object may be activated. This may cause an unexpected operation due to incorrect output or malfunction.

WARNING If the SD card is removed from drive A of the GOT while being accessed by the GOT, the GOT may

stop processing data for about 20 seconds. The GOT cannot be operated during this period. The functions that run in the background including a screen updating, alarm, logging, scripts, and others are also interrupted. This stop affects the system operation, causing an accident. Before removing the SD card, check the following items. [GT27, GT25, GT23(Excluding GT2505-V and GT25HS-V)] Check that the SD card access LED is off before removing the SD card. [GT2505-V, GT25HS-V] Make sure to turn off the SD card access switch before removing the SD card. Not doing so may damage the SD card or files. [GT21] Disable the SD card access in the GOT utility, and then check that the SD card access LED is off before removing the SD card.

Do not remove the data storage from the file server (drive N) that is being accessed by the GOT, or the system operation may be affected. Before removing the data storage, check the relevant system signal to make sure that the data storage is not being accessed.

[PRECAUTIONS FOR USING A DATA STORAGE]

CAUTION Do not remove the data storage from the GOT while the data storage is being accessed by the GOT,

or the data storage and files may be damaged. Before removing the data storage, check the SD card access LED, relevant system signal, or others to make sure that the data storage is not being accessed.

Turning off the GOT while it accesses the SD card results in damage to the SD card and files. When using the GOT with an SD card inserted, check the following items.

[GT27, GT25, GT23(Excluding GT2505-V and GT25HS-V)] After inserting an SD card into the GOT, make sure to close the SD card cover. Otherwise, data cannot be read or written. [GT2505-V, GT25HS-V] After inserting an SD card into the GOT, make sure to turn on the SD card access switch. Otherwise, data cannot be read or written. [GT21] After inserting an SD card into the SD card unit, make sure to enable the SD card access in the GOT utility. Otherwise, data cannot be read or written.

When removing the SD card from the GOT, make sure to support the SD card by hand as it may pop out. Not doing so may cause the SD card to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

When inserting a USB device into a USB interface of the GOT, make sure to insert the device into the interface firmly. Not doing so may cause the USB device to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break. (GT27, GT25, and GT2107-W)

Before removing the data storage from the GOT, follow the procedure for removal on the utility screen of the GOT. After the successful completion dialog is displayed, remove the data storage by hand carefully. Not doing so may cause the data storage to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

11

12

[PRECAUTIONS FOR USE]

CAUTION When you operate the Handy GOT while holding it, slide your hand through the hand strap on the

back of the GOT to prevent falling. The hand strap length is adjustable.

When you remove a cable from the Handy GOT, do not pull the cable portion. Doing so may damage the unit or cable, or cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.

Do not drop or strike the Handy GOT. Doing so may damage the GOT.

When you carry or operate the Handy GOT, hold its body. Carrying or operating the Handy GOT while holding its cable may damage the unit or cable.

Determine whether to use the emergency stop switch of the Handy GOT according to your risk assessment.

If you use a parallel circuit (to avoid entering the emergency stop status while the Handy GOT is removed), the system may not conform to the safety standards. Check the safety standards required for your system before use.

If the Handy GOT is exposed to any impact beyond the general specifications, chattering may occur in the emergency stop switch for its structural reasons. Check that your use conditions are proper.

Do not touch the edges of the touch panel (display section) repeatedly. Doing so may result in a failure.

Do not turn off the GOT while data is being written to the storage memory (ROM) or SD card. Doing so may corrupt the data, rendering the GOT inoperative.

The GOT rugged model uses the environmental protection sheet (not replaceable) with UV protection function on the front surface. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deterioration of the touch panel or the liquid crystal display panel that may be caused by ultraviolet rays. Note that if the rugged model is exposed to ultraviolet rays for an extended period of time, the front surface may turn yellow. If the rugged model is likely to be exposed to ultraviolet rays for an extended period of time, it is recommended to use a UV protective sheet (option).

[PRECAUTIONS FOR REMOTE CONTROL]

[PRECAUTIONS FOR EXCLUSIVE AUTHORIZATION CONTROL]

[DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING Remote control is available through a network by using GOT functions, including theSoftGOT-GOT

link function, the remote personal computer operation function, the VNC server function, and the GOT Mobile function. If you remotely operate control equipment using such functions, the field operator may not notice the remote operation, leading to an accident. In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network environment, and remote control of control equipment cannot be performed normally in some cases. Before using the above functions to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the field site and ensure safety.

When operating the server (GOT) of the GOT Mobile function to disconnect a client, notify the operator of the client about the disconnection beforehand. Not doing so may cause an accident.

WARNING Before using the GOT network interaction function to prevent simultaneous operations from multiple

pieces of equipment, make sure you understand the function. You can enable or disable the exclusive authorization control of the GOT network interaction function for each screen. (For all screens, the exclusive authorization control is disabled by default.) Properly determine the screens for which the exclusive authorization control is required, and set the control by screen. A screen for which the exclusive authorization control is disabled is operable simultaneously from multiple pieces of equipment. Make sure to determine the operation period for each operator, fully grasp the circumstances of the field site, and ensure safety to perform operations.

CAUTION When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.

When disposing of batteries, separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations. (Refer to Page 367 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement for details of the battery directive in the EU member states.)

13

14

[TRANSPORTATION PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION When transporting lithium batteries, make sure to treat them based on the transport regulations.

(Refer to Page 433 Transportation Precautions for details of the regulated models.) Make sure to transport the GOT main unit and/or relevant unit(s) in the manner they will not be

exposed to the impact exceeding the impact resistance described in the general specifications of this manual, as they are precision devices. Failure to do so may cause the unit to fail. Check if the unit operates correctly after transportation.

When fumigants that contain halogen materials such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine are used for disinfecting and protecting wooden packaging from insects, they cause malfunction when entering our products. Please take necessary precautions to ensure that remaining materials from fumigant do not enter our products, or treat packaging with methods other than fumigation (heat method). Additionally, disinfect and protect wood from insects before packing products.

C O

N TE

N TS

CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Manuals for GT Works3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Model Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW 31 1.1 GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

CHAPTER 2 System configuration 33 2.1 Overall Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Overall configuration of GT27, GT25-W, GT25-S, GT25-V, GT23, and GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Overall configuration of GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

2.2 System Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Extension unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 59 3.1 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

GT27, GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

3.2 Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

3.4 Battery Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

15

16

CHAPTER 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 119 4.1 GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

GT2715-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 GT2712-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 GT2710-S, GT2710-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 GT2708-S, GT2708-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 GT2705-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Part names and settings of GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GT2512-WX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GT2510-WX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Part names and settings of GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, and GT2507-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

4.3 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Part names and settings of GT2507T-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GT2512-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GT2512F-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GT2510-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 GT2510F-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 GT2508-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 GT2508F-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 GT2505-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

4.5 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 GT2506HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 GT2505HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

4.6 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 GT2310-V, GT2308-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Part names and settings of GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

4.7 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 GT2105-QTBDS, GT2105-QMBDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 GT2104-RTBD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 GT2104-PMBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 GT2104-PMBDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 GT2104-PMBDS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 GT2104-PMBLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 GT2103-PMBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 GT2103-PMBDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 GT2103-PMBDS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 GT2103-PMBLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Part names and settings of GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

CHAPTER 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 149 5.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Conforming standards in the EMC Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Conforming standards in the Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

C O

N TE

N TS

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Installing the GOT on the control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Installing a noise filter (power supply line filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 System configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Connection of power cables and ground cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Fabricating a connection cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Grounding a cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 External wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 171 6.1 Installation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

6.3 Stud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Stud specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Distance between studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

6.4 Installation Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-V, GT2505-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.6 Installing the GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 GT27, GT25, GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

6.7 Removing the GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 GT27, GT25, GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

6.8 Handling the Handy GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Holding the Handy GOT in hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Hanging on a wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Placing on a desk or a floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

17

18

Installing to/removing from panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 6.9 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Installing multiple extension units (GT27, GT25). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Removing the extension unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

6.10 Installing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Installing the battery to GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512, GT2510-V, or GT2510F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Installing the battery to GT2708, GT2705, or GT2508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Installing the battery to GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, or GT2507T-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Installing the battery to GT2506HS-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Installing the battery to GT2505HS-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Installing the battery to GT2310 or GT2308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Installing the battery to GT2505-V, GT2107-W, GT2105, GT2104-R, GT2104-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

6.11 Removing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Removing the battery from GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512, GT2510-V, or GT2510F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Removing the battery from GT2708, GT2705, GT2710 or GT2508 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Removing the battery from GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, or GT2507T-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Removing the battery from GT2506HS-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Removing the battery from GT2505HS-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Removing the battery from GT2310 or GT2308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Removing the battery from GT2505-V, GT2107-W, GT2105, GT2104-R, GT2104-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

6.12 Installing the SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 GT27, GT25, GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

6.13 Removing the SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 GT27, GT25, GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.14 Installing and Removing the USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Installing the USB devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Removing the USB devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.15 Installing and Removing the USB cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Installing the USB cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Removing the USB cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

6.16 Installing and Removing the Panel-Mounted USB Port Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Applicable panel-mounted USB port extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Parts name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Installing and removing the panel-mounted USB port extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

CHAPTER 7 OPTION AND COMMUNICATION CABLE FOR HANDY GOT 271 7.1 Connector Conversion Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Applicable connector conversion box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-42S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-37S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Connector conversion box (GT11H-CNB-37S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

7.2 Emergency Stop Switch Guard Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Applicable emergency stop switch guard cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Installing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

7.3 Wall-mounting Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Applicable wall-mounting attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

C O

N TE

N TS

Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Attachment of handy GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

7.4 Overview of Communication Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 7.5 External Cable, Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Pin layout and signal names of the external cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Pin layout of the relay cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Connector specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Installing and removing of external cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

CHAPTER 8 WIRING OF POWER SUPPLY SECTION 321 8.1 Wiring of External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 8.2 Power Supply Wiring to the GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 8.3 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Grounding the GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Causes of wiring-related malfunction and countermeasure examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

8.4 Wiring Inside and Outside the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Control panel inside wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Control panel outside wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

8.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 8.6 Grounding the Extension Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Wiring of the FG cable of a bus connection cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

CHAPTER 9 HANDY GOT POWER WIRING AND SWITCH HANDLING 333 9.1 Internal Wiring Diagram of Handy GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

GT2506HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 GT2505HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

9.2 Power Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Power wiring and grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 The cause of malfunctions related wiring/Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

9.3 Wiring inside and outside the panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Wiring inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Outside the panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Attaching surge killers to control equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

9.4 Switch Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Overview for switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Switch wiring example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Operation switch wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Operation switch input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 LED setting of operation switch (GT2506HS-V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Operation switch name sheet creation (GT2506HS-V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Emergency stop switch wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Grip switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Grip switch wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 LED settings of grip switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Keylock switch (2-position SW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

CHAPTER 10 OPERATING THE GOT 359 10.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 10.2 Creating Project Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

19

20

CHAPTER 11 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 363 11.1 Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 11.2 Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 11.3 Screen Cleaning Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 11.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

CHAPTER 12 TROUBLESHOOTING 369 12.1 GOT Restoration Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

GOT status check sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 GOT installation status check sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 System configuration check sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

12.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Identifying the error position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Narrowing the possible error positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Specific example of troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

12.3 Error Messages and System Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Displayed contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Error messages and system alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

CHAPTER 13 APPENDICES 387 13.1 External Dimension Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

GT27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 GT2507T-W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 GT25-S, GT25-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 GT25HS-V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

13.2 Cable Bend Radius for GT27 with an Extension Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 GT2715-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 GT2712-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 GT2710-S, GT2710-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 GT2708-S, GT2708-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 GT2705-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

13.3 Cable Bend Radius for GT25 with an Extension Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 GT2512-S, GT2512F-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 GT2510-V, GT2510F-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 GT2508-V, GT2508F-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

13.4 Depth Dimensions for the GOT with an SD Card Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 13.5 Depth Dimensions for the GOT with Extension Units Mounted in Multiple Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 13.6 External Dimension Diagrams of the Communication Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 13.7 External Dimension Diagrams of the External Cable for Handy GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

GT16-C-42P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 GT16H-C-37PE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 GT14H-C-42P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 GT11H-C-37P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 GT11H-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 GT11H-C15R4-8P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 GT11H-C15R4-25P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 GT11H-C15R2-6P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

C O

N TE

N TS

13.8 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 GT27, GT25 (except GT2505-V and GT25HS-V), GT23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 GT2505-V, GT25HS-V, GT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

13.9 Transportation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Relevant models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Transportation guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

13.10 Calculating Consumed Current of GT2705-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 13.11 Open Source Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

u-boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 REVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 Intellectual Property Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444

21

22

INTRODUCTION Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Electric Graphic Operation Terminal (GOT). Before using the product, read this manual carefully and make sure you understand the functions and performance of the GOT for correct use. Manuals for GT Works3 Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Model Icons

Manuals for GT Works3 The electronic manuals related to this product are installed together with the screen design software. If you need the printed manuals, consult your local sales office.

Manuals for GT Designer3 (GOT2000)

e-Manual refers to the Mitsubishi Electric FA electronic book manuals that can be browsed using a dedicated tool. e-Manual has the following features: Required information can be cross-searched in multiple manuals. Other manuals can be accessed from the links in the manual. Hardware specifications of each part can be found from the product figures. Pages that users often browse can be bookmarked. Sample programs can be copied to the engineering tool.

Screen design software-related manuals

Connection manuals

Manual name Manual number (Model code)

Format

GT Works3 Installation Instructions - PDF

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual SH-081220ENG (1D7ML9)

PDF e-Manual

GT Converter2 Version3 Operating Manual for GT Works3 SH-080862ENG (1D7MB2)

PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series MES Interface Function Manual for GT Works3 Version1 SH-081228ENG PDF e-Manual

Manual name Manual number (Model code)

Format

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1 SH-081197ENG (1D7MJ8)

PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Electric Products 1) For GT Works3 Version1

SH-081198ENG PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Electric Products 2) For GT Works3 Version1

SH-081199ENG PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Microcomputers, MODBUS/Fieldbus Products, Peripherals) For GT Works3 Version1

SH-081200ENG PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series Handy GOT Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 SH-081867ENG (1D7MS9)

PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (2 Connection) for GT Works3 Version1 JY997D52301 PDF e-Manual

GT SoftGOT2000 manuals

GOT2000 series user's manuals

GOT SIMPLE series user's manuals

Manuals related to GT Works3 add-on projects

Manuals for GT Designer3 (GOT1000) Refer to the Help and manuals for GT Designer3 (GOT1000).

Manual name Manual number (Model code)

Format

GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual SH-081201ENG PDF e-Manual

MELSOFT GT OPC UA Client Operating Manual SH-082174ENG PDF

Manual name Manual number (Model code)

Format

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) SH-081194ENG (1D7MJ5)

PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility) SH-081195ENG (1D7MJ6)

PDF e-Manual

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Monitor) SH-081196ENG (1D7MJ7)

PDF e-Manual

Manual name Manual number Format GOT SIMPLE Series User's Manual JY997D52901 PDF

e-Manual

Manual name Manual number (Model code)

Format

GT Works3 Add-on License for GOT2000 Enhanced Drive Control (Servo) Project Data Manual (Fundamentals)

SH-082072ENG (1D7MV1)

PDF e-Manual

GT Works3 Add-on License for GOT2000 Enhanced Drive Control (Servo) Project Data Manual (Screen Details)

SH-082074ENG (1D7MV3)

PDF e-Manual

23

24

Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Model Icons The following shows the abbreviations, generic terms, and model icons used in this manual.

GOT GOT2000 series Abbreviations and generic terms Description Meaning of icon

Available Unavailable GT27 GT27-X GT2715-X GT2715-XTBA

GT2715-XTBD

GT27-S GT2712-S GT2712-STBA GT2712-STWA GT2712-STBD GT2712-STWD

GT2710-S GT2710-STBA GT2710-STBD

GT2708-S GT2708-STBA GT2708-STBD

GT27-V GT2710-V GT2710-VTBA GT2710-VTWA GT2710-VTBD GT2710-VTWD

GT2708-V GT2708-VTBA GT2708-VTBD

GT2705-V GT2705-VTBD

GT25 All GT25 models

GT25-W GT2512-WX GT2512-WXTBD GT2512-WXTSD

GT2510-WX GT2510-WXTBD GT2510-WXTSD

GT2507-W GT2507-WTBD GT2507-WTSD

GT2507T-W GT2507T-WTSD

GT25-S GT2512-S GT2512-STBA GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-S GT2512F-STNA GT2512F-STND

GT25-V GT2510-V GT2510-VTBA GT2510-VTWA GT2510-VTBD GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-V GT2510F-VTNA GT2510F-VTND

GT2508-V GT2508-VTBA GT2508-VTWA GT2508-VTBD GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-V GT2508F-VTNA GT2508F-VTND

GT2505-V GT2505-VTBD

GT25HS-V Handy GOT

GT2506HS-V GT2506HS-VTBD

GT2505HS-V GT2505HS-VTBD

GT23 GT23-V GT2310-V GT2310-VTBA GT2310-VTBD

GT2308-V GT2308-VTBA GT2308-VTBD

GOT SIMPLE series

GOT1000 series, GOT900 series, and GOT800 series

GT21 All GT21 models

GT21-W GT2107-W GT2107-WTBD GT2107-WTSD

GT21-Q GT2105-Q GT2105-QTBDS GT2105-QMBDS

GT21-R GT2104-R GT2104-RTBD

GT21-P GT2104-P GT2104-PMBD

GT2104-PMBDS

GT2104-PMBDS2

GT2104-PMBLS

GT2103-P GT2103-PMBD

GT2103-PMBDS

GT2103-PMBDS2

GT2103-PMBLS

GT SoftGOT2000 GT SoftGOT2000 Version1

Abbreviations and generic terms Description Meaning of icon

Available Unavailable GS21 GS21-W-N GS2110-WTBD-N

GS2107-WTBD-N

GS21-W GS2110-WTBD GS2107-WTBD

Abbreviations and generic terms Description Meaning of icon

Available Unavailable GOT1000 Series GOT1000 Series -

GOT900 Series GOT-A900 Series GOT-F900 Series

-

GOT800 Series GOT-800 Series -

Abbreviations and generic terms Description Meaning of icon

Available Unavailable

25

26

Communication unit

Option unit

Abbreviations and generic terms Description Bus connection unit GT15-QBUS

GT15-QBUS2 GT15-ABUS GT15-ABUS2 GT15-75QBUSL GT15-75QBUS2L GT15-75ABUSL GT15-75ABUS2L

Serial communication unit GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S GT15-RS4-TE

MELSECNET/H communication unit GT15-J71LP23-25 GT15-J71BR13

CC-Link IE TSN communication unit GT25-J71GN13-T2

CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit GT15-J71GP23-SX

CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit GT15-J71GF13-T2

CC-Link communication unit GT15-J61BT13

Wireless LAN communication unit GT25-WLAN

Serial multi-drop connection unit GT01-RS4-M

Connection conversion adapter GT10-9PT5S

Field network adapter unit GT25-FNADP

Ethernet communication unit GT25-J71E71-100

RS-232/485 signal conversion adapter GT14-RS2T4-9P

Abbreviations and generic terms Description Printer unit GT15-PRN

Video input unit GT27-V4-Z (A set of GT16M-V4-Z and GT27-IF1000)

RGB input unit GT27-R2 GT27-R2-Z (A set of GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-Z (A set of GT16M-V4R1-Z and GT27-IF1000)

RGB output unit GT27-ROUT GT27-ROUT-Z (A set of GT16M-ROUT-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Digital video output unit GT27-VHOUT

Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-Z (A set of GT16M-MMR-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Video signal conversion unit GT27-IF1000

External I/O unit GT15-DIO GT15-DIOR

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD

Option Abbreviations and generic terms Description SD card NZ1MEM-2GBSD

NZ1MEM-4GBSD NZ1MEM-8GBSD NZ1MEM-16GBSD L1MEM-2GBSD L1MEM-4GBSD

Battery GT11-50BAT GT15-BAT

Protective sheet GT27-15PSGC GT25-12WPSGC GT25-12PSGC GT25-10WPSGC GT25-10PSGC GT25-08PSGC GT21-07WPSGC GT25T-07WPSVC GT25-05PSGC GT25-05PSGC-2 GT21-05PSGC GT21-04RPSGC-UC GT21-03PSGC-UC GT21-04PSGC-UC GT27-15PSCC GT25-12WPSCC GT25-12PSCC GT25-10WPSCC GT25-10PSCC GT25-08PSCC GT25-05PSCC GT25-05PSCC-2 GT25-12PSCC-UC GT25-10PSCC-UC GT25-08PSCC-UC GT21-07WPSCC GT21-05PSCC GT21-04RPSCC-UC GT21-04PSCC-UC GT21-03PSCC-UC GT16H-60PSC GT14H-50PSC

Antibacterial/antiviral protective sheet GT25-12PSAC GT25-10PSAC GT25-08PSAC

Environmental protection sheet GT25F-12ESGS GT25F-10ESGS GT25F-08ESGS

Protective cover for oil GT20-15PCO GT20-12PCO GT20-10PCO GT20-08PCO GT21-12WPCO GT21-10WPCO GT21-07WPCO GT25T-07WPCO GT25-05PCO GT25-05PCO-2 GT05-50PCO GT21-04RPCO GT10-30PCO GT10-20PCO

USB environmental protection cover GT25-UCOV GT25-05UCOV GT21-WUCOV

27

28

Software Software related to GOT

Software related to iQ Works

Stand GT15-90STAND GT15-80STAND GT15-70STAND GT05-50STAND GT25-10WSTAND GT21-07WSTAND GT25T-07WSTAND

Attachment GT15-70ATT-98 GT15-70ATT-87 GT15-60ATT-97 GT15-60ATT-96 GT15-60ATT-87 GT15-60ATT-77 GT21-04RATT-40

Panel-mounted USB port extension GT14-C10EXUSB-4S GT10-C10EXUSB-5S

Connector conversion box GT16H-CNB-42S GT16H-CNB-37S GT11H-CNB-37S

Emergency stop switch guard cover GT16H-60ESCOV GT14H-50ESCOV

Wall-mounting attachment GT14H-50ATT

Abbreviations and generic terms Description GT Works3 SW1DND-GTWK3-J, SW1DND-GTWK3-E, SW1DND-GTWK3-C

GT Designer3 Version1 Screen design software GT Designer3 for GOT2000 and GOT1000 series

GT Designer3 Screen design software for GOT2000 series included in GT Works3

GT Designer3 (GOT2000)

GT Designer3 (GOT1000) Screen design software for GOT1000 series included in GT Works3

Speech synthesis license GT Works Text to Speech License (SW1DND-GTVO-M)

Add-on license GT Works3 add-on license for GOT2000 enhanced drive control (servo) project data (SW1DND- GTSV-MZ)

GENESIS64 Advanced GENESIS64 server application (GEN64-APP)

GENESIS64 Basic SCADA GENESIS64 server application (GEN64-BASIC)

GENESIS64 Generic term of GENESIS64 Advanced and GENESIS64 Basic SCADA

GOT Mobile function license for GT SoftGOT2000 License required to use the GOT Mobile function with GT SoftGOT2000 (SGT2K-WEBSKEY-)

GT Simulator3 Screen simulator GT Simulator3 for GOT2000, GOT1000, and GOT900 series

GT SoftGOT2000 GOT2000 compatible HMI software GT SoftGOT2000

GT OPC UA Client MELSOFT GT OPC UA Client (SW1DNN-GTOUC-MD)

GT Converter2 Data conversion software GT Converter2 for GOT1000 and GOT900 series

GT Designer2 Classic Screen design software GT Designer2 Classic for GOT900 series

GT Designer2 Screen design software GT Designer2 for GOT1000 and GOT900 series

DU/WIN Screen design software FX-PCS-DU/WIN for GOT-F900 series

Abbreviations and generic terms Description iQ Works iQ Platform compatible engineering environment MELSOFT iQ Works

MELSOFT Navigator Integrated development environment software included in SWDND-IQWK (iQ Platform compatible engineering environment MELSOFT iQ Works) ( represents a version.)

MELSOFT iQ AppPortal SWDND-IQAPL-M type integrated application management software ( represents a version.)

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

Other software

License key (for GT SoftGOT2000)

Abbreviations and generic terms Description GX Works3 SWDND-GXW3-E (-EA, -EAZ) type programmable controller engineering software

( represents a version.)

GX Works2 SWDNC-GXW2-E (-EA, -EAZ) type programmable controller engineering software ( represents a version.)

Controller simulator GX Simulator3 Simulation function of GX Works3

GX Simulator2 Simulation function of GX Works2

GX Simulator SWD5C-LLT-E (-EV) type ladder logic test tool function software package (SW5D5C-LLT (-V) or later versions) ( represents a version.)

GX Developer SWD5C-GPPW-E (-EV)/SWD5F-GPPW (-V) type software package ( represents a version.)

GX LogViewer SWDNN-VIEWER-E type software package ( represents a version.)

MI Configurator Configuration and monitor tool for Mitsubishi Electric industrial computers (SWDNNMICONF-M) ( represents a version.)

PX Developer SWD5C-FBDQ-E type FBD software package for process control ( represents a version.)

MT Works2 Motion controller engineering environment MELSOFT MT Works2 (SWDND-MTW2-E) ( represents a version.)

MT Developer SWRNC-GSV type integrated start-up support software for motion controller Q series ( represents a version.)

CW Configurator Setting/monitoring tools for the C Controller module and MELSECWinCPU (SWDND-RCCPU-E) ( represents a version.)

MR Configurator2 SWDNC-MRC2-E type servo configuration software ( represents a version.)

MR Configurator MRZJW-SETUP type servo configuration software ( represents a version.)

FR Configurator2 Inverter setup software (SWDND-FRC2-E) ( represents a version.)

FR Configurator Inverter setup software (FR-SW-SETUP-WE) ( represents a version.)

NC Configurator2 CNC parameter setting support tool (FCSB1221)

NC Configurator CNC parameter setting support tool

FX Configurator-FP Parameter setting, monitoring, and testing software package for FX3U-20SSC-H (SWD5CFXSSCE) ( represents a version.)

FX Configurator-EN-L FX3U-ENET-L type Ethernet module setting software (SW1D5-FXENETL-E)

FX Configurator-EN FX3U-ENET type Ethernet module setting software (SW1D5C-FXENET-E)

RT ToolBox2 Robot program creation software (3D-11C-WINE)

RT ToolBox3 Robot program creation software (3F-14C-WINE)

MX Component MX Component Version (SWD5C-ACT-E, SWD5C-ACT-EA) ( represents a version.)

MX Sheet MX Sheet Version (SWD5C-SHEET-E, SWD5C-SHEET-EA) ( represents a version.)

CPU Module Logging Configuration Tool CPU module logging configuration tool (SW1DNN-LLUTL-E)

Abbreviations and generic terms Description License key GT27-SGTKEY-U

29

30

Others Abbreviations and generic terms Description IAI IAI Corporation

AZBIL Azbil Corporation

OMRON OMRON Corporation

KEYENCE KEYENCE CORPORATION

KOYO EI KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

JTEKT JTEKT CORPORATION

SHARP Sharp Corporation

SHINKO Shinko Technos Co., Ltd.

CHINO CHINO CORPORATION

TOSHIBA TOSHIBA CORPORATION

SHIBAURA MACHINE SHIBAURA MACHINE CO.,LTD.

PANASONIC Panasonic Corporation

PANASONIC IDS Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX Co., Ltd.

HITACHI IES Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co., Ltd.

HITACHI Hitachi, Ltd.

HIRATA Hirata Corporation

FUJI FUJI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

MURATEC Muratec products manufactured by Murata Machinery, Ltd.

YASKAWA YASKAWA Electric Corporation

YOKOGAWA Yokogawa Electric Corporation

RKC RKC INSTRUMENT INC.

ALLEN-BRADLEY Allen-Bradley products manufactured by Rockwell Automation, Inc.

CLPA CC-Link Partner Association

GE GE Intelligent Platforms, Inc.

HMS HMS Industrial Networks

LS IS LS Industrial Systems Co., Ltd.

MITSUBISHI INDIA Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.

ODVA Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.

SCHNEIDER Schneider Electric SA

SICK SICK AG

SIEMENS Siemens AG

SCHNEIDER EJH Schneider Electric Japan Holdings Ltd.

PLC Programmable controller manufactured by its respective company

Control equipment Control equipment manufactured by its respective company

Temperature controller Temperature controller manufactured by its respective company

Indicating controller Indicating controller manufactured by its respective company

Controller Controller manufactured by its respective company

TSN Switch CC-Link IE TSN Class B (Synchronized Realtime Communication) hub certified by CC-Link Partner Association

General-purpose Switch CC-Link IE TSN Class A (Realtime Communication) hub certified by CC-Link Partner Association

CC-Link IE TSN-equipped module Generic term for the following CC-Link IE TSN master/local modules and CC-Link IE TSN Plus master/local module RJ71GN11-T2 RJ71GN11-EIP FX5-CCLGN-MS

1

1 OVERVIEW Page 31 GOT Page 31 Features

1.1 GOT The GOT is designed to connect to a PLC or other equipment, and to display operation switches, lamps, data, and messages. To use the GOT, mount it on a control panel or an operation panel.

1.2 Features

Enhanced standard equipment Variety of connections with various FA devices The GOT2000 series has different types of interfaces to connect to various FA devices. GT27, GT25: Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485, and extension interfaces *1

GT23, GT21: Ethernet, RS-232, and RS-422/485 interfaces *1

*1 The available interfaces vary by model. For the available interfaces for each model, refer to the following. Page 66 Performance Specifications

SD card interface compatible with a large-capacity SDHC card allowing high-speed communication

You can use a large-capacity SDHC card allowing high-speed communication as a data storage. GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2105, GT2104-R, GT2104-P: equipped with the SD card unit as standard *1

GT2103-P: equipped with the SD card unit as an option *1

*1 GT2104-PMBLS and GT2103-PMBLS cannot use SD cards.

Connection with various peripheral devices with the USB host (GT27, GT25, GT23, GT2107-W) You can connect the GOT to various peripherals via the USB (Host) interface. Using a USB memory, USB mouse, USB keyboard, or others enhances your convenience.

Sound output interface as standard equipment (GT25-W only) The speaker with a built-in amplifier is connectable to the GOT without using an extension unit.

Two Ethernet interfaces as standard equipment (GT25-W only) The GOT is connectable to multiple networks without using an extension unit.

Improved usability Enhanced troubleshooting functions The enhanced diagnosis functions and the guidance display reduce the time required for startup or troubleshooting. GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility) GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Monitor)

Easy and simple screen creation You can create screens easily and simply with the screen design software, GT Designer3 Version1. GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual

GOT2000PLC

Monitoring device values

Data input, switch operation

1 OVERVIEW 1.1 GOT 31

32

Personal computer-like operation screen The personal computer-like operation screen enables intuitive operations.

Multi-touch function, gesture function (GT27 only) Characters can be scaled by pinch-in/out with fingers. Also, screens can be scrolled with a flick operation.

Support for the vertical installation Since the vertical installation is supported, the GOT can be installed in even a vertically oriented space.

Enhanced compatibility with Mitsubishi FA devices The sequence program monitor function enables enhanced compatibility with Mitsubishi FA devices. By using the backup/restoration function, you can save the programs and data of Mitsubishi FA devices (such as PLCs) to an SD card. GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility) GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Monitor)

Easy replacement The existing project data is compatible with the GOT2000 series. You can replace an existing model with the GOT2000 series model easily. The panel cutting dimensions for the GOT2000 series are the same as those for the GOT1000 series. You do not have to rework the control panel for installation. *1

*1 To replace GT104 with GT2104-R, the attachment (GT21-04RATT-40) is required.

Adoption of LED backlight The GOT adopts a long-life LED backlight, and you do not have to replace the backlight.

Compatibility with external devices handling data such as multimedia and video (GT27 (except GT2705) only) You can input or output video signals using the GOT in combination with an extension unit for multimedia.

Abundant functions The GOT supports abundant functions such as the recipe, alarm, operation log, and operator authentication. GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual

Adding a rugged model (GT2507T-W) The rugged model has been added, featuring an expanded operating temperature range, improved visibility, andincreased UV cutoff.

Fitted flush with the control panel (GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, and GT2508F-V) By installing the GOT from the rear of the control panel, the GOT will fit flush with the surface of the control panel.

GOT equipped with the hardware switch and touch panel (GT25HS-V only) The GOT has both the hardware switch (operation switch) and touch panel for inputting commands to controllers.

1 OVERVIEW 1.2 Features

2

2 System configuration Page 33 Overall Configuration Page 35 System Equipment

2.1 Overall Configuration The following shows the overall configuration of the GOT2000 series.

Overall configuration of GT27, GT25-W, GT25-S, GT25-V, GT23, and GT21

RFID controller (Commercially available)

USB mouse (Commercially available)

USB keyboard (Commercially available)

Peripheral device

Protective cover for oil

Protective sheet

Stand

SD card

USB memory (Commercially available)

Optional device

GOT2000

Communication unit

Option unit

Extension unit

Battery Memory card reader/writer (Commercially available)

Barcode reader (Commercially available)

2D code reader (Commercially available)

Personal computer (Commercially available)

External memoryUSB

memory SD card

Screen design softwareGT Works3

Devices for drawing, setting, and data collection

Environmental protection sheet

2 System configuration 2.1 Overall Configuration 33

34

Overall configuration of GT25HS-V Handy GOT

Optional device

SD card

USB memory (Commercially available)

Battery

Protective sheet

Connector Conversion Box

Devices for drawing, setting, and data collection

Personal computer (Commercially available) GT Works3

Screen design software

SD card USB memory

External memory

Connector Conversion Box

2 System configuration 2.1 Overall Configuration

2

2.2 System Equipment The following shows the system equipment of the GOT2000 series. Page 35 GOT Page 38 CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set Page 39 Extension unit Page 42 Software Page 43 Option Page 47 Cable Page 58 Others

GOT The following shows the meaning of the GOT model name.

*1 For GT21 only For the details of each model, refer to the remarks of the table in "2.2.1 GOT". Page 35 GOT

*2 For GT27 and GT25 only

WVGAW

GT27GT27

07 7" wide screen

XGAX SVGAS VGAV

TFT monochromeM With an Ethernet interface

and an RS-422/485 interface

With an RS-232 interface and an RS-422/485 interface,

or with an RS-422 interface only

GT25GT25 GT23GT23 GT21GT21

S *1

None*1

Symbol Model Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol

Symbol Screen size

Resolution Display section Panel color Power type Others

12 12.1" or 12.1" wide screen

10 10.4" or 10.1" wide screen

08 8.4"

05 5.7"

15 15"

T TFT color B Black

W White SilverS

N No frame

A 100 V AC to 240 V AC D 24 V DC

04 4.5" or 4.3"

03 3.8"

Symbol Structure

F Open frame

None Standard

L 5 V DC

With two RS-232 interfacesS2*1

320 128 dots or less

P

QVGAQ 480 272 dotsR CC-Link IE Field Network

communication unit set -GF *2

WXGAWX

06 6.5"

HS Handy

T Rugged

GT27 15 - X T B A

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 35

36

Classification Model Screen size Display section Display color

Front panel color

Power supply

Remarks

GT27 GT2715 GT2715-XTBA 15" XGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black AC Multimedia Video/RGB compatible Multi-touch compatible

GT2715-XTBD DC

GT2712 GT2712-STBA 12.1" SVGA Black AC

GT2712-STBD DC

GT2712-STWA White AC

GT2712-STWD *1*2 DC

GT2710 GT2710-STBA 10.4" SVGA Black AC

GT2710-STBD DC

GT2710-VTBA 10.4" VGA AC

GT2710-VTBD DC

GT2710-VTWA White AC

GT2710-VTWD *1*2 DC

GT2708 GT2708-STBA 8.4" SVGA Black AC

GT2708-STBD DC

GT2708-VTBA 8.4" VGA AC

GT2708-VTBD DC

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD 5.7" VGA Black DC Multi-touch compatible

GT25 GT2512 GT2512-STBA 12.1" SVGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black AC

GT2512-STBD DC

GT2512F-STNA AC Open frame model

GT2512F-STND DC

GT2510 GT2510-VTBA 10.4" VGA Black AC

GT2510-VTBD DC

GT2510-VTWA White AC

GT2510-VTWD *1*2 DC

GT2510F-VTNA AC Open frame model

GT2510F-VTND DC

GT2508 GT2508-VTBA 8.4" VGA Black AC

GT2508-VTBD DC

GT2508-VTWA White AC

GT2508-VTWD *1*2 DC

GT2508F-VTNA AC Open frame model

GT2508F-VTND DC

GT2505 GT2505-VTBD 5.7" VGA Black DC

GT25 (Wide screen)

GT2512 GT2512-WXTBD 12.1" WXGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black DC Wide model

GT2512-WXTSD Silver *3

GT2510 GT2510-WXTBD 10.1" WXGA Black

GT2510-WXTSD Silver *3

GT2507 GT2507-WTBD 7" WVGA Black

GT2507-WTSD Silver *3

GT25 (Rugged)

GT2507 GT2507T-WTSD 7" WVGA TFT color 65536 colors

Silver DC Rugged model

GT25 (Handy)

GT2506 GT2506HS-VTBD 6.5" VGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black DC Handy GOT

GT2505 GT2505HS-VTBD 5.7" VGA

GT23 GT2310 GT2310-VTBA 10.4" VGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black AC

GT2310-VTBD DC

GT2308 GT2308-VTBA 8.4" VGA AC

GT2308-VTBD DC

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

*1 To make the GOT comply with the ATEX Directive or KCs regulation, an optional protective sheet (GT25-PSCC-UC) and special fittings (GT25-FIT-EXS) are required. (GT2508-VTWD requires the protective sheet only.) For the details of the protective sheet and special fittings, refer to the following. Page 43 Option for GT27, GT25-W, GT25-S, GT25-V, GT23, and GT21

*2 The GOT is not compliant with the ATEX Directive or KCs regulation when any communication unit or option unit is mounted on the GOT. For compliance with the ATEX Directive and KCs regulation, refer to the following Technical Bulletin. GOT2000 Series in Compliance with the ATEX Directive and KCs Certification Requirements (GOT-A-0101)

*3 The lower part of the panel including the USB environmental protection cover is black. For information on the status of conforming to Japanese and international standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I, Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications (ABS/BV/DNV/LR/NK/RINA)), refer to the Mitsubishi Electric FA Global Website. www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa

GT21 GT2105 GT2105-QTBDS 5.7" QVGA [320 240 dots] TFT color 65536 colors

Black DC RS-232 RS-422/485

GT2105-QMBDS TFT monochrome (black/white) 32 levels

DC

GT2104 GT2104-RTBD 4.3 [480 272 dots] TFT color 65536 colors

Black DC Ethernet RS-232 RS-422/485

GT2104-PMBD 4.5 [384 128 dots] TFT monochrome (black/white) 32 levels 5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, and red)

Black DC Ethernet RS-422/485

GT2104-PMBDS DC RS-232 RS-422/485

GT2104-PMBDS2 DC RS-232 2 channels

GT2104-PMBLS 5 V DC RS-422 (for connection to FXCPU only)

GT2103 GT2103-PMBD 3.8 [320 128 dots] TFT monochrome (black/white) 32 levels 5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, and red)

Black DC Ethernet RS-422/485

GT2103-PMBDS DC RS-232 RS-422/485

GT2103-PMBDS2 DC RS-232 2 channels

GT2103-PMBLS 5 V DC RS-422 (for connection to FXCPU only)

GT21 (Wide screen)

GT2107 GT2107-WTBD 7" WVGA [800 480 dots] TFT color 65536 colors

Black DC Ethernet RS-232 RS-422/485

GT2107-WTSD Silver *3

Classification Model Screen size Display section Display color

Front panel color

Power supply

Remarks

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 37

38

CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set Classification Model Screen size Display section

Display color Front panel color

Power suppl y

Remarks

GT27 GT2715 GT2715-XTBA-GF 15" XGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black AC GOT + GT15-J71GF13-T2

GT2715-XTBD-GF DC

GT2712 GT2712-STBA-GF 12.1" SVGA Black AC

GT2712-STBD-GF DC

GT2712-STWA-GF White AC

GT2712-STWD-GF DC

GT2710 GT2710-STBA-GF 10.4" SVGA Black AC

GT2710-STBD-GF DC

GT2710-VTBA-GF 10.4" VGA AC

GT2710-VTBD-GF DC

GT2710-VTWA-GF White AC

GT2710-VTWD-GF DC

GT2708 GT2708-STBA-GF 8.4" SVGA Black AC

GT2708-STBD-GF DC

GT2708-VTBA-GF 8.4" VGA AC

GT2708-VTBD-GF DC

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD-GF 5.7" VGA Black DC

GT25 GT2512 GT2512-STBA-GF 12.1" SVGA TFT color 65536 colors

Black AC GOT + GT15-J71GF13-T2

GT2512-STBD-GF DC

GT2510 GT2510-VTBA-GF 10.4" VGA Black AC

GT2510-VTBD-GF DC

GT2510-VTWA-GF White AC

GT2510-VTWD-GF DC

GT2508 GT2508-VTBA-GF 8.4" VGA Black AC

GT2508-VTBD-GF DC

GT2508-VTWA-GF White AC

GT2508-VTWD-GF DC

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Extension unit

Communication unit Product name Model Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 Ethernet communication unit *1 GT25-J71E71-100 Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T

AUTO MDI/MDI-X *12

Serial communication unit GT15-RS2-9P RS-232 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin male)

*12

GT15-RS4-9S RS-422/485 serial communication unit (D-sub 9- pin female) *1*2

*12

GT15-RS4-TE RS-422/485 serial communication unit (terminal block) *1

Can be used only when connected with temperature controllers/indicating controllers by RS-485 connection or at the GOT multi-drop connection

*12

Bus connection unit GT15-QBUS Q-bus connection unit (1 channel), standard model

*12

GT15-QBUS2 Q-bus connection unit (2 channels), standard model

*12

GT15-ABUS A-bus connection unit (1 channel), standard model

*12

GT15-ABUS2 A-bus connection unit (2 channels), standard model

*12

GT15-75QBUSL Q-bus connection unit (1 channel), slim model *3 *12

GT15-75QBUS2L Q-bus connection unit (2 channels), slim model *3 *12

GT15-75ABUSL A-bus connection unit (1 channel), slim model *3 *12

GT15-75ABUS2L A-bus connection unit (2 channels), slim model *3 *12

MELSECNET/H communication unit GT15-J71LP23-25 Unit for the normal station (Optical loop) *12

GT15-J71BR13 Unit for the normal station (Coaxial bus) *12

CC-Link IE TSN communication unit GT25-J71GN13- T2

Unit for the local station (device station) *12

CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit

GT15-J71GP23- SX

Unit for the normal station (Optical loop) *12

CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit

GT15-J71GF13- T2

Unit for the intelligent device station *12

CC-Link communication unit GT15-J61BT13 Unit for the intelligent device station, CC-Link Ver.2 compatible

*12

Field network adapter unit GT25-FNADP Adapter unit for field network communication *4 *12

Wireless LAN communication unit *5*6 GT25-WLAN IEEE802.11b/g/n compliant, built-in antenna, wireless LAN access point (base station), station (client), connection to personal computer, tablet, smartphone Compliance with Japan Radio Law *7

FCC standards *8

RE Directive (R&TTE Directive) *8*15

SRRC *9

KC *9

Radio Equipment Regulations (UKCA)*17

*14

Serial multi-drop connection unit GT01-RS4-M For the GOT multi-drop connection *16 *11

Connection conversion adapter GT10-9PT5S For connecting the RS-422/485 (D-sub 9-pin connector) and RS-422/485 (terminal block)

*13 *10

RS-232/485 signal conversion adapter

GT14-RS2T4-9P For connecting the RS-232 (D-sub 9-pin connector) and RS-485 (terminal block)

*13

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 39

40

*1 May not be able to be used depending on the connection target. For details, refer to GOT2000 Series Connection Manual. *2 Cannot be used when connected with temperature controllers or indicating controllers by RS-485 (2-wire type) connection. *3 Cannot be stacked with other units. *4 The field network adapter unit can be used with the following field networks by using the Anybus CompactCom M40 network

communication module manufactured by HMS. Purchase a communication module by specifying its article number.

*5 Data transfer in wireless LAN communication may not be as stable as that in cable communication. A packet loss may occur depending on the surrounding environment and the installation location. Make sure to validate the operation before using this product.

*6 When [Operation Mode] is set to [Access Point] in [Wireless LAN Setting] of GT Designer3, up to five stations are connectable to the wireless LAN access point (base station).

*7 The product with hardware version A or later (manufactured in December 2013) complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version A can be used only in Japan.

*8 The product with hardware version B or later (manufactured from October 2014) complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version B or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, and Liechtenstein.

*9 The product with hardware version D or later (manufactured from May 2016) complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version D or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Liechtenstein, China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan), and South Korea.

*10 Only available to GT2105. *11 Available to GT2107-W, GT2105-Q, GT2104-R, GT2104-PMBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBD, and GT2103-PMBDS. *12 Not available to GT2512-WXTBD, GT2512-WXTSD, GT2510-WXTBD, GT2510-WXTSD, GT2507-WTBD, GT2507-WTSD, GT2507T-

WTSD, GT2505-VTBD, GT2506HS-VTBD, and GT2505HS-VTBD. *13 Only available to GT2505-VTBD. *14 Not available to GT2505-VTBD, GT2506HS-VTBD and GT2505HS-VTBD. *15 The product complies with the RE Directive from March 31, 2017. *16 Not available to GT2505HS-VTBD. *17 The product with hardware version G or later (manufactured from October 2021) complies with the regulation.

The product with hardware version G or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, the UK, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Liechtenstein, China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan), and South Korea.

Supported network Communication module product name Communication module article number PROFIBUS DP ABCC-M40-DPV1 AB6910-B, AB6910-C

DeviceNet ABCC-M40-DEV AB6909-B, AB6909-C

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Option unit

*1 Not available to GT2705. *2 Only available to GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2. *3 The settings for GT27-R2 and GT27-R2-Z differ in the screen design software. *4 Not available to GT2512-WXTBD, GT2512-WXTSD, GT2510-WXTBD, GT2510-WXTSD, GT2507-WTBD, GT2507-WTSD, GT2507T-

WTSD, GT2505-VTBD, GT2506HS-VTBD, and GT2505HS-VTBD.

Product name Model Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 Printer unit GT15-PRN USB device (PictBridge) for printer connection, 1 channel

Cable for connection between printer unit and printer (3m) included

*4

Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-Z For video input (NTSC/PAL), 1 channel, recording video/playing video files (A set of GT16M-MMR-Z and GT27-IF1000)

*1

Video input unit GT27-V4-Z For video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels (A set of GT16M-V4-Z and GT27-IF1000)

*1

RGB input unit GT27-R2 For analog RGB input, 2 channels (Simultaneous display) *3 *1

GT27-R2-Z For analog RGB input, 2 channels (Display by channel) *3

(A set of GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000) *1

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-Z For video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels/analog RGB, 1 channel input (A set of GT16M-V4R1-Z and GT27-IF1000)

*1

RGB output unit GT27-ROUT For analog RGB output, 1 channel *1

GT27-ROUT-Z For analog RGB output, 1 channel (A set of GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000)

*1

Digital video output unit GT27-VHOUT For digital video output, 1 channel HDMI Type A connector

*1

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT For sound output (3.5 stereo pin jack) *4

External I/O unit GT15-DIOR For connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel (Negative common input, source type output)

*4

GT15-DIO For connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel (Positive common input, sink type output)

*4

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD For installing an SD card *2

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 41

42

Software

*1 Anyone can use the product as long as that person belongs to the business office (including overseas offices) of the corporation that purchased the product, or to the same public vocational training facility or other educational institution as the corporation.

*2 The desired number of licenses (2 or more) can be purchased. For details, please contact your local sales office. *3 Volume license product and additional license product are also available. For more details, please refer to the MELSOFT iQ Works

catalog (L(NA)08232ENG). *4 The product includes the following software.

System Management Software [MELSOFT Navigator] Programmable Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT GX Works3, GX Works2, GX Developer] Motion Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT MT Works2] GOT Screen Design Software [MELSOFT GT Works3] Robot Engineering Software [MELSOFT RT ToolBox3 mini] Inverter Setup Software [MELSOFT FR Configurator2] Setting/monitoring tools for the C Controller module and MELSECWinCPU [MELSOFT CW Configurator] Servo Setup Software [MELSOFT MR Configurator2] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FA Library

*5 To use GT SoftGOT2000, each personal computer requires a license key for GT SoftGOT2000. *6 One license is required for one GOT. *7 This product does not include a DVD-ROM. The license certificate indicating the product ID number is issued only. *8 To edit sound files, each personal computer requires one license. *9 Each personal computer requires an add-on license to use add-on projects. *10 Each personal computer with GT SoftGOT2000 installed requires one license.

Product name Model Description HMI/GOT Screen Design Software MELSOFT GT Works3

SW1DND-GTWK3-E English version Standard license product DVD-ROM

SW1DND-GTWK3-EC Site license product*1

SW1DND-GTWK3-EA Volume license product *2

SW1DND-GTWK3-EAZ Additional license product *2*7

SW1DND-GTWK3-C Simplified Chinese version Standard license product DVD-ROM

FA Integrated Engineering Software MELSOFT iQ Works *3*4

SW2DND-IQWK-E English version Standard license product DVD-ROM

License key for GT SoftGOT2000 *5 GT27-SGTKEY-U For USB port

Remote Personal Computer Operation Function (Ethernet) License *6

GT25-PCRAKEY-1 1 license

GT25-PCRAKEY-5 5 licenses

GT25-PCRAKEY-10 10 licenses

GT25-PCRAKEY-20 20 licenses

VNC Server Function License *6 GT25-VNCSKEY-1 1 license (License for GOT remote access function)

GT25-VNCSKEY-5 5 licenses

GT25-VNCSKEY-10 10 licenses

GT25-VNCSKEY-20 20 licenses

MES I/F Function License *6 GT25-MESIFKEY-1 1 license

GT25-MESIFKEY-5 5 licenses

GT25-MESIFKEY-10 10 licenses

GT25-MESIFKEY-20 20 licenses

GOT Mobile Function License *6 GT25-WEBSKEY-1 1 license

GT25-WEBSKEY-5 5 licenses

GT25-WEBSKEY-10 10 licenses

GT25-WEBSKEY-20 20 licenses

GOT Mobile Function License for GT SoftGOT2000 *10

SGT2K-WEBSKEY-1 1 license

SGT2K-WEBSKEY-5 5 licenses

GT Works Text to Speech License *8 SW1DND-GTVO-M Standard license product

GT Works3 add-on license for GOT2000 enhanced drive control (servo) project data *9

SW1DND-GTSV-MZ Standard license product

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Option

Option for GT27, GT25-W, GT25-S, GT25-V, GT23, and GT21 Product name Model Description Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 Protective sheet *1 GT27-15PSGC For 15 Antiglare type

Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT25-12PSGC For 12.1"

GT25-10PSGC For 10.4"

GT25-08PSGC For 8.4"

GT25-05PSGC For 5.7"

GT25-05PSGC-2 For 5.7"

GT25-12WPSGC For 12.1" wide models

Antiglare type Transparent Without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover *10

A set of 5 sheets

GT25-10WPSGC For 10.1" wide models

GT21-07WPSGC For 7" wide models

GT27-15PSCC For 15" Clear type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT25-12PSCC For 12.1"

GT25-10PSCC For 10.4"

GT25-08PSCC For 8.4"

GT25-05PSCC For 5.7"

GT25-05PSCC-2 For 5.7"

GT25-12WPSCC For 12.1" wide models

Clear type Transparent Without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover *10

A set of 5 sheets

GT25-10WPSCC For 10.1" wide models

GT21-07WPSCC For 7" wide models

GT25-12PSCC-UC *9

For 12.1" Clear type Transparent Without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover *2

A set of 5 sheets

*9

GT25-10PSCC-UC *9

For 10.4" *9 *9

GT25-08PSCC-UC *9

For 8.4" *9

GT21-05PSGC For 5.7" Antiglare type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT21-04RPSGC- UC

For 4.3" Antiglare type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT21-04PSGC-UC For 4.5"

GT21-03PSGC-UC For 3.8"

GT21-05PSCC For 5.7" Clear type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT21-04RPSCC- UC

For 4.3" Clear type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover A set of 5 sheets

GT21-04PSCC-UC For 4.5"

GT21-03PSCC-UC For 3.8"

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 43

44

Antibacterial/antiviral protective sheet*16

GT25-12PSAC For 12.1" Clear type Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover Made of acrylic (PMMA) A set of 5 sheets

GT25-10PSAC For 10.4"

GT25-08PSAC For 8.4"

UV protective sheet (for the rugged model)

GT25T-07WPSVC For 7" rugged model

Antiglare type (UV cutoff) Transparent With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover 1 sheet

*12

Environmental protection sheet (for the open frame model)

GT25F-12ESGS For 12.1" For conforming to IP67F Antiglare type Silver 1 sheet

*7

GT25F-10ESGS For 10.4" *7

GT25F-08ESGS For 8.4" *7

USB environmental protection cover

GT25-UCOV For 15/12.1/ 10.4/8.4"

Environmental protection cover for the USB interface on the GOT front face (for replacement)

GT25-05UCOV For 5.7"

GT21-WUCOV For 12.1" wide models/ 10.1" wide models/7" wide models/ 5.7"

*15

GT14-50UCOV For 5.7"

Protective cover for oil *3 GT20-15PCO For 15"

GT20-12PCO For 12.1"

GT20-10PCO For 10.4"

GT20-08PCO For 8.4"

GT25-05PCO For 5.7" *13

GT25-05PCO-2 For 5.7" *14

GT21-12WPCO For 12.1" wide models

GT21-10WPCO For 10.1" wide models

GT21-07WPCO For 7" wide models

GT25T-07WPCO For 7" rugged model *12

GT05-50PCO For 5.7"

GT21-04RPCO For 4.3"

GT10-30PCO For 4.5"

GT10-20PCO For 3.8"

Stand GT15-90STAND For 15"

GT15-80STAND For 12.1"

GT15-70STAND For 10.4"/8.4"

GT05-50STAND For 5.7"

GT25-10WSTAND For 10.1" wide models

GT21-07WSTAND For 7" wide models

GT25T-07WSTAND For 7" rugged model *12

Product name Model Description Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

*1 The white model does not have a front USB interface. Use a protective sheet without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover.

*2 When using a protective sheet without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover, the front USB interface cannot be used. *3 Check if the protective cover for oil can be used in the actual environment before use.

When using the protective cover for oil, you cannot use the front USB interface and the human sensor. *4 Including the GP250 and GP260 manufactured by SCHNEIDER EJH. *5 GT2103-P does not have a built-in battery. *6 GT21 does not support the system status log data backup function. *7 Only available to GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, and GT2508F-V. *8 Only available to GT2104-RTBD. *9 Necessary for the GOT to comply with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation.

For applicable GOT models, refer to Mitsubishi Electric FA Global Website. www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa

*10 The protective sheet is shaped not to cover the USB environmental protection cover. *11 An attachment is usable when the control panel has a thickness of 2 to 3 mm.

When an attachment is used, the GOT is not IP67F-rated. *12 Only available to GT2507T-W. *13 Only available to GT2705-V. *14 Only available to GT2505-V. *15 Only available to GT2107-W. *16 Not available to the open frame models and wide models.

Memory card SD card NZ1MEM-2GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 4 GB

NZ1MEM-8GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 8GB

NZ1MEM-16GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 16GB

L1MEM-2GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

L1MEM-2GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 4 GB

CF card GT05-MEM-128MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 128 MB

GT05-MEM-256MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 256 MB

GT05-MEM-512MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 512 MB

GT05-MEM-1GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 1 GB

GT05-MEM-2GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 2 GB

GT05-MEM-256MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 4 GB

GT05-MEM-256MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 8 GB

GT05-MEM-256MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 16GB

Memory card adaptor GT05-MEM-ADPC Conversion adapter from CF card for GT27-MMR-Z to memory card (TYPE II)

Attachment *11 GT15-70ATT-98 For 10.4" For replacing GT168, GT158, A985GOT *4

GT15-70ATT-87 For replacing A870GOT-SWS/TWS or A8GT- 70GOT-TB/TW/SB/SW

GT15-60ATT-97 For 8.4" For replacing GT167, GT157, or A97GOT

GT15-60ATT-96 For replacing A960GOT

GT15-60ATT-87 For replacing A870GOT-EWS, A8GT- 70GOTEB/EW, A77GOT-EL, or A77GOT-EL- S5/S3

GT15-60ATT-77 For replacing A77GOT-CL, A77GOT-CL-S5/ S3, A77GOT-L, or A77GOT-L-S5/S3

GT15-50ATT-95W For 5.7" For replacing A956WGOT, F940WGOT

GT15-50ATT-85 For replacing A85GOT

GT21-04RATT-40 For 4.3" For replacing GT104 *8

Battery GT11-50BAT Battery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data. *6

(Replac ement)

(Replac ement)

(Option )

*5

(Replac ement)

Special fitting *9 GT25-12FIT-EXS For 12.1 For compliance with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation

GT25-10FIT-EXS For 10.4

Product name Model Description Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 45

46

Option for GT25HS-V : Usable, -: Not usable

Product name Model Description Supported model

GT2506HS- V

GT2505HS- V

Protective sheet GT16H-60PSC For 6.5 Clear type A set of 5 sheets

GT14H-50PSC For 5.7 Clear type A set of 5 sheets

Emergency stop switch guard cover

GT16H-60ESCOV Cover for preventing the emergency stop switch incorrect operation

GT14H-50ESCOV

SD card NZ1MEM-2GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 4GB

NZ1MEM-8GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 8GB

NZ1MEM-16GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 16GB

Battery GT15-BAT Battery for backing up SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data

GT11-50BAT

Connector conversion box

GT16H-CNB-42S With a D-sub connector and an Ethernet RJ45 connector

GT16H-CNB-37S With an Ethernet RJ45 connector

GT11H-CNB-37S With a D-sub connector

Wall-mounting attachment

GT14H-50ATT For Handy GOT

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Cable

Cable for MITSUBISHI PLC For external dimensions of cable for MITSUBISHI PLC, refer to the following. Page 426 External Dimension Diagrams of the Communication Cable

Product name Model Cable length

Recommended product *1

Specifications Supported model

GT 27

GT 25

GT 23

GT 21

QCPU bus connection cable

QCPU connection cable GOT-to-GOT connection cable

GT15-QC06B 0.6 m For connecting the QCPU and the GOT For connecting the GOTs

*14

GT15-QC12B 1.2 m

GT15-QC30B 3 m

GT15-QC50B 5 m

GT15-QC100B 10 m

QCPU connection cable GOT-to-GOT connection cable (long distance)

GT15-QC150BS 15 m For connecting the QCPU and the GOT (long distance), A9GTQCNB is required For connecting the GOTs (long distance)

*14

GT15-QC200BS 20 m

GT15-QC250BS 25 m

GT15-QC300BS 30 m

GT15-QC350BS 35 m

Bus extension connector box A9GT-QCNB Connect the connector box to the main base unit of PLC when connecting the QCPU and the GOT (long distance)

*14

Ferrite core for the bus connection cable

GT15-QFC Attach a ferrite core to the GOTA900 bus connection cable when an existing GOT-A900 is replaced with a GOT2000. (two ferrite cores/set)

*14

RS-485 terminal block conversion unit FA-LTBGT2R4CBL05 0.5 m RS-485 terminal block conversion unit with a cable for connecting RS-422/485 (connector) of GOT2000 and a RS-485 terminal block conversion unit

*21

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL10 1 m

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL20 2 m

RS-422 connector conversion cable FA-CNV2402CBL 0.2 m For connecting the QCPU/ L02SCPU(-P) and the RS-422 cable (GT01-CR4-25P, GT10- CR4-25P, GT21-CR4-25P5) For connecting the L6ADPR2 and the RS-422 cable (GT01-CR4- 25P, GT10-CR4-25P, GT21- CR4-25P5) [MINI-DIN 6-pin D-sub 25- pin]

*12

FA-CNV2405CBL 0.5 m

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 47

48

RS-422 cable

QnA/A/FXCPU direct connection cable Computer link connection cable CC-Link (G4) connection cable

GT01-C30R4-25P 3 m For connecting the QnA/ACPU/ Motion CPU (A series)/FXCPU and the GOT For connection between the RS- 422 connector conversion cable (FACNVCBL) and the GOT For connection between the serial communication module and the GOT For connection between the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4-S3) and the GOT [D-sub 25-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*20

*3*7

GT01-C100R4-25P 10 m

GT01-C200R4-25P 20 m

GT01-C300R4-25P 30 m

GT10-C30R4-25P 3 m For connecting the QnA/ACPU/ Motion CPU (A series)/FXCPU and the GOT For connection between the RS- 422 connector conversion cable (FACNVCBL) and the GOT For connection between the serial communication module and the GOT For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4- S3) and the GOT [D-sub 25-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9-pin)]

*10

GT10-C100R4-25P 10 m

GT10-C200R4-25P 20 m

GT10-C300R4-25P 30 m

GT21-C30R4-25P5 3 m For connecting the QnACPU and the GOT For connecting the RS-422 connector conversion cable (FA- CNVCBL) and the GOT For connection between the serial communication module and the GOT For connection between the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4-S3) and the GOT [D-sub 25-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 5-pin)] * GT2104-PMBD and GT2103- PMBD cannot be connected to Q00JCPU, Q00CPU, Q01CPU, A series, FX1 series, or FX2 series.

*2

GT21-C100R4-25P5 10 m

GT21-C200R4-25P5 20 m

GT21-C300R4-25P5 30 m

Computer link connection cable

GT09-C30R4-6C 3 m For connecting the serial communication module and the GOT For connection between the computer link module and the GOT [Separate wire D-sub 9-pin]

*20

*3*7

GT09-C100R4-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R4-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R4-6C 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Recommended product *1

Specifications Supported model

GT 27

GT 25

GT 23

GT 21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

RS-422 cable

FXCPU direct connection cable FXCPU communication function extension board connection cable

GT01-C10R4-8P 1 m For connection between the FXCPU and the GOT For connecting the FXCPU communication function extension board and the GOT [MINI-DIN 8-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*20

*3*7

GT01-C30R4-8P 3 m

GT01-C100R4-8P 10 m

GT01-C200R4-8P 20 m

GT01-C300R4-8P 30 m

GT10-C10R4-8P 1 m For connection between the FXCPU and the GOT For connecting the FXCPU communication function extension board and the GOT [MINI-DIN 8-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9- pin)]

*4

GT10-C30R4-8P 3 m

GT10-C100R4-8P 10 m

GT10-C200R4-8P 20 m

GT10-C300R4-8P 30 m

GT21-C10R4-8P5 1 m For connection between the FXCPU and the GOT For connecting the FXCPU communication function extension board and the GOT [MINI-DIN 8-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 5- pin)]

*2

GT21-C30R4-8P5 3 m

GT21-C100R4-8P5 10 m

GT21-C200R4-8P5 20 m

GT21-C300R4-8P5 30 m

GT10-C10R4-8PL 1 m For connection between the FXCPU and the GOT For connecting the FXCPU communication function extension board and the GOT [MINI-DIN 8-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9- pin)] * This cable cannot be used for FX1NC, FX2NC, FX3UC-D/DSS, FX3G, FX3GC, and FX3S.

*4

GT10-C10R4-8PC 1 m For connection between the FXCPU and the GOT For connecting the FXCPU communication function extension board and the GOT [MINI-DIN 8-pin connector terminal block 9-pin with separate wire connected]

*4

GT10-C30R4-8PC 3 m

GT10-C100R4-8PC 10 m

GT10-C200R4-8PC 20 m

GT10-C300R4-8PC 30 m

RS-422 connector conversion cable

GT10-C02H-9SC 0.2 m For connecting the PLC and the GOT [D-sub 9-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9-pin)]

*10

Product name Model Cable length

Recommended product *1

Specifications Supported model

GT 27

GT 25

GT 23

GT 21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 49

50

RS-232 cable

Q/LCPU direct connection cable

GT01-C30R2-6P 3 m For connection between the Q/ LCPU and the GOT For connection between the L6ADP-R2 and the GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) [MINI-DIN 6-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*18

*5*8

GT10-C30R2-6P 3 m For connection between the Q/ LCPU and the GOT [MINI-DIN 6-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9- pin)]

*6

For connecting multiple GOTs [MINI-DIN 6-pin separate wire (Connector terminal block 9- pin)]

*11

GT11H-C30R2-6P 3 m For connecting a QCPU or LCPU and the connector conversion box for Handy GOT

*17

FXCPU communication function extension board connection cable FXCPU communication special adapter connection cable

GT01-C30R2-9S 3 m For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and the GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) For connecting an FXCPU communication special adapter and the GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) [D-sub 9-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*5*8

FXCPU communication special adapter connection cable

GT01-C30R2-25P 3 m For connecting an FXCPU communication special adapter and the GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) [D-sub 25-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*5*8

Computer link connection cable CC-Link (G4) connection cable

GT09-C30R2-9P 3 m For connecting the serial communication module and the GOT For connection between the computer link module and the GOT For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BTR2N) and the GOT [D-sub 9-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*5*8

RS-232 cable

Computer link connection cable

GT09-C30R2-25P 3 m For connecting the serial communication module and the GOT For connection between the computer link module and the GOT [D-sub 25-pin D-sub 9-pin]

*5*8

RS-232 connector conversion cable

GT10-C02H-6PT9P 0.2 m For connecting the PLC and the GOT For connecting multiple GOTs For connecting the barcode reader, RFID, or serial printer and the GOT [D-sub 9-pin MINI-DIN 6-pin]

*11

Data transfer cable GT01-C30R2-6P 3 m For connecting the GOT and the personal computer [D-sub 9-pin MINI-DIN 6-pin] * This cable is usable for the FA transparent function only, and cannot be used to transfer screen or OS data.

*11

Product name Model Cable length

Recommended product *1

Specifications Supported model

GT 27

GT 25

GT 23

GT 21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Conversion cable for connecting the external I/O unit

GT15-C03HTB 0.3 m For connecting an external I/O unit (GT15-DIO) and external I/O interface unit (A8GT-C05TK, A8GTC30TB, user-fabricated cable) for GOT-A900

*14

Analog RGB cable GT15-C50VG 5 m For connecting an RGB video output device (external monitor, personal computer, or others) and GOT

USB cable Data transfer cable Printer connection cable

GT09-C30USB-5P 3 m For connecting a personal computer (screen design software) and the GOT For connecting a personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) and QnU/L/FXCPU For connecting a PictBridge- compatible printer and printer unit (GT15-PRN) [USB-A USB Mini-B]

*9

Extended USB waterproof cable GT14-C10EXUSB-4S 1 m For routing the USB port (Host) of the GOT rear face to the front side of the control panel

*13

GT10-C10EXUSB-5S 1 m For routing the USB port (Device) of the GOT rear face to the front side of the control panel

*15

*15

*16

External cable GT16H-C30-42P 3 m For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB- 42S)

*17

GT16H-C60-42P 6 m *17

GT16H-C100-42P 10 m *17

GT14H-C30-42P 3 m *19

GT14H-C60-42P 6 m *19

GT14H-C100-42P 10 m *19

GT16H-C30-37PE 3 m For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB- 37S)

*17

GT16H-C60-37PE 6 m *17

GT16H-C100-37PE 10 m *17

GT11H-C30-37P 3 m For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-37S and GT11H-CNB-37S) For connection between the Handy GOT and the relay cable (GT11H-C15R-P)

*19

GT11H-C60-37P 6 m *19

GT11H-C100-37P 10 m *19

GT11H-C30 3 m For connection between the Handy GOT and the FA device, the power supply, or the operation switch

*19

GT11H-C60 6 m *19

GT11H-C100 10 m *19

Relay cable GT11H-C15R4-8P 1.5 m For connecting to the PLC *19

GT11H-C15R4-25P 1.5 m *19

GT11H-C15R2-6P 1.5 m *19

Product name Model Cable length

Recommended product *1

Specifications Supported model

GT 27

GT 25

GT 23

GT 21

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 51

52

*1 FA-LTBGT2R4CBL, FA-CNV240CBL are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company Limited and sold through your local sales office. The other products listed are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Systems & Service Co., LTD. and sold through your local sales office.

*2 This cable is usable for GT2104-PMBD, GT2103-PMBD. *3 This cable is usable for GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD, GT2105-QTBDS, GT2105-QMBDS, GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS,

GT2103-PMBDS. *4 Only available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBLS, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBLS.

For GT2104-PMBLS and GT2103-PMBLS, use a 3 m or shorter cable. *5 This cable is usable for GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD, GT2105-QTBDS, GT2105-QMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2,

GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2. *6 Only available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS2, and GT2103-PMBDS2. *7 Available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS when the RS-422 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-9SC)

is used together. *8 This cable is usable for GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 with the RS-232 connector

conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P. *9 This cable is not usable for the printer connection. *10 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS. *11 Only available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2. *12 This cable is usable for GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD, GT2105-QTBDS, GT2105-QMBDS, GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBD,

GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS. *13 This cable is usable for GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD. *14 Not available to GT2512-WXTBD, GT2512-WXTSD, GT2510-WXTBD, GT2510-WXTSD, GT2507-WTBD, GT2507-WTSD, GT2507T-

WTSD, GT2505-VTBD, GT2506HS-VTBD, and GT2505HS-VTBD. *15 Available to GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STWD, GT2710-VTWA, GT2710-VTWD, GT2512F-STNA, GT2512F-STND, GT2510-VTWA,

GT2510-VTWD, GT2510F-VTNA, GT2510F-VTND, GT2508-VTWA, GT2508-VTWD, GT2508F-VTNA, GT2508F-VTND, and GT2507T- WTSD

*16 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2104-PMBLS, GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBLS.

*17 Only available to GT2506HS-VTBD. *18 Not available to GT2506HS-VTBD and GT2505HS-VTBD *19 Only available to GT2505HS-VTBD *20 The total length of the cables between the Handy GOT and a controller includes the length of external cable.

A cable of 20 m or longer cannot be used for GT2506HS-VTBD and GT2505HS-VTBD. For the details, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Handy GOT Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1

*21 Not available to GT2505-VTBD, GT2506HS-VTBD, and GT2505HS-VTBD

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Cable for OMRON PLC

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

*2 Available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS when the RS-422 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-9SC) is used together.

Cable for KEYENCE PLC

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

*2 Available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS when the RS-422 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-9SC) is used together.

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20101-9P 3 m For connecting the OMRON PLC/serial communication

module/communication board and the GOT *1

GT09-C30R20102-25S 3 m For connecting the OMRON connection cable and the GOT

GT09-C30R20103-25P 3 m For connecting the OMRON rack type host link unit and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40101-9P 3 m For connecting the OMRON PLC/serial communication module/serial communication board and the GOT

*2

GT09-C100R40101-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40101-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40101-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40102-9P 3 m For connecting the OMRON rack type host link unit and the GOT

*2

GT09-C100R40102-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40102-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40102-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40103-5T 3 m For connecting the OMRON communication board and the GOT

*2

GT09-C100R40103-5T 10 m

GT09-C200R40103-5T 20 m

GT09-C300R40103-5T 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21101-6P 3 m For connecting the KEYENCE PLC and the GOT *1

GT09-C30R21102-9S 3 m For connecting the KEYENCE multi-communication unit and the GOTGT09-C30R21103-3T 3 m

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R41101-5T 3 m For connecting the KEYENCE multi-communication unit and the GOT

*2

GT09-C100R41101-5T 10 m

GT09-C200R41101-5T 20 m

GT09-C300R41101-5T 30 m

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 53

54

Cable for SHARP PLC

Cable for JTEKT PLC

Cable for SHINKO indicating controller

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20601-15P 3 m For connecting the SHARP PLC and the GOT

GT09-C30R20602-15P 3 m

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40601-15P 3 m For connecting the SHARP PLC and the GOT

GT09-C100R40601-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40601-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40601-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40602-15P 3 m

GT09-C100R40602-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40602-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40602-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40603-6T 3 m

GT09-C100R40603-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40603-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40603-6T 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21201-25P 3 m For connecting the JTEKT PLC and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R41201-6C 3 m For connecting the JTEKT PLC and the GOT

GT09-C100R41201-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R41201-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R41201-6C 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21401-4T 3 m For connecting the SHINKO indicating controller and

the GOT

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Cable for TOSHIBA PLC

Cable for HITACHI IES PLC

Cable for HITACHI PLC

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20501-9P 3 m For connecting the TOSHIBA PLC and the GOT

GT09-C30R20502-15P 3 m

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40501-15P 3 m For connecting the TOSHIBA PLC and the GOT

GT09-C100R40501-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40501-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40501-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40502-6C 3 m

GT09-C100R40502-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R40502-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R40502-6C 30 m

GT09-C30R40503-15P 3 m

GT09-C100R40503-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40503-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40503-15P 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20401-15P 3 m For connecting the HITACHI IES PLC/intelligent serial

port module and the GOT

GT09-C30R20402-15P 3 m For connecting the HITACHI IES PLC and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40401-7T 3 m For connecting the HITACHI IES intelligent serial port module and the GOT

GT09-C100R40401-7T 10 m

GT09-C200R40401-7T 20 m

GT09-C300R40401-7T 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21301-9S 3 m For connecting the HITACHI communication module

and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R41301-9S 3 m For connecting the HITACHI PLC/communication module and the GOT

GT09-C100R41301-9S 10 m

GT09-C200R41301-9S 20 m

GT09-C300R41301-9S 30 m

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 55

56

Cable for FUJI FA PLC

Cable for Panasonic IDS PLC

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

Cable for YASKAWA PLC

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

*2 Available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS when the RS-422 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-9SC) is used together.

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21003-25P 3 m For connecting the FUJI FA RS-232C interface card/

RS-232C interface capsule/RS-485 interface capsule/ general-purpose interface module and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R41001-6T 3 m For connecting the FUJI FA RS-232C interface capsule/ 485 interface capsule/general-purpose interface module and the GOT

GT09-C100R41001-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R41001-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R41001-6T 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20901-25P 3 m For connecting the Panasonic IDS RS-422/RS-232C

conversion adapter and the GOT *1

GT09-C30R20902-9P 3 m For connecting the Panasonic IDS PLC/computer communication unit and the GOT

*1

GT09-C30R20903-9P 3 m For connecting the Panasonic IDS PLC and the GOT *1

GT09-C30R20904-3C 3 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20201-9P 3 m For connecting the YASKAWA PLC and the GOT *1

GT09-C30R20202-15P 3 m

GT09-C30R20203-9P 3 m

GT09-C30R20204-14P 3 m

GT09-C30R20205-25P 3 m For connecting the YASKAWA MEMOBUS module and the GOT

*1

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40201-9P 3 m For connecting the YASKAWA MEMOBUS module and the GOT

*2

GT09-C100R40201-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40201-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40201-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40202-14P 3 m For connecting the YASKAWA PLC and the GOT *2

GT09-C100R40202-14P 10 m

GT09-C200R40202-14P 20 m

GT09-C300R40202-14P 30 m

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

2

Cable for YOKOGAWA PLC and temperature controller

ALLEN-BRADLEY PLC cables

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

Cable for SIEMENS PLC

*1 Available to GT2104-PMBDS, GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 when the RS-232 connector conversion cable (GT10-C02H-6PT9P) is used together.

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20301-9P 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA CPU port/D-sub 9-pin

conversion cable and the GOT

GT09-C30R20302-9P 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA PC link module and the GOT

GT09-C30R20304-9S 3 m For connection the YOKOGAWA converter (ML2- ) and the GOT

GT09-C30R20305-9S 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA PLC and the GOT

RS-422 cable GT09-C30R40301-6T 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA PC link module and the GOT

GT09-C100R40301-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40301-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40301-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40302-6T 3 m

GT09-C100R40302-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40302-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40302-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40303-6T 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA temperature controller (GREEN series) and the GOT

GT09-C100R40303-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40303-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40303-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40304-6T 3 m For connecting the YOKOGAWA temperature controller (UT2000 series) and the GOT

GT09-C100R40304-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40304-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40304-6T 30 m

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20701-9S 3 m For connecting the ALLEN-BRADLEY PLC and the

GOT *1

Product name Model Cable length

Specifications Supported model

GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20801-9S 3 m For connecting the SIEMENS HMI Adapter and the

GOT *1

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment 57

58

Others

Peripherals Of the following peripheral devices, you can use some models that we validated. For the validated models expect the SD cards, refer to the following Technical Bulletin. List of Valid Devices Applicable for GOT2000 Series and GOT SIMPLE Series (for Overseas) (GOT-A-0160) For the validated models of the SD cards, refer to the following Technical Bulletin. Information of valid Non-Mitsubishi SD cards applicable for GOT2000 series (GOT-A-0065) For Technical Bulletins, go to the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FA Global Website. www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa

Product name Overview Barcode reader RS-232 connection Commercially available product

USB connection

2D code reader RS-232 connection

USB connection

RFID controller RS-232 connection

USB connection

USB mouse

USB keyboard

Memory card reader/writer

SD card

USB memory

Hub

Wireless LAN access point

Video camera

Speaker

2 System configuration 2.2 System Equipment

3

3 SPECIFICATIONS Page 59 General Specifications Page 66 Performance Specifications Page 110 Specifications of Power Supply Section Page 117 Battery Specifications

3.1 General Specifications This section describes the general specifications of the GOT.

GT27, GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, GT25-S, GT25-V

*1 Indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel on which the GOT is installed. *2 When any of the following units is mounted, the maximum operating ambient temperature must be 5C lower than the one described in

the general specifications. GT27: Multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z) MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13) CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) Protective cover for oil GT25 (Except for GT25-W, GT2505-V): MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13) CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) Protective cover for oil GT25-W, GT2505-V: Protective cover for oil

*3 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at an altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off.

Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature *1

0 C to 55 C *2*7

Storage ambient temperature -20C to 60C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *8

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *8

Vibration resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2

Frequency Acceleratio n

Half amplitude

Sweep count

Under intermittent vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 3.5 mm X, Y, or Z 10 times in each direction

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2

Under continuous vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 1.75 mm

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2

Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2(15 G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere *6 No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

Grounding Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications 59

60

*4 This indicates the power distribution section to which the equipment is assumed to be connected, between the public power grid and the machinery within the premises. Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*6 Some models have ANSI/ISA12.12.01 approval for use in Class I, Division 2 (ANSI/ISA 12.12.01, C22.2 No.213-M1987) hazardous locations. For applicable GOT models, refer to the Mitsubishi Electric FA Global Website. www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa

*7 For the vertically-oriented GT2505, the operating ambient temperature must be 0 to 50C. *8 If the ambient temperature of GT2505-V exceeds 40C, observe the maximum absolute humidity that is calculated based on 90% RH at

40C.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications

3

GT2507T-W

*1 Indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel on which the GOT is installed. *2 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at an altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off.

*3 This indicates the power distribution section to which the equipment is assumed to be connected, between the public power grid and the machinery within the premises. Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*4 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*5 Communication units and options usable with the rugged model can be used in the environment described in the general specifications of the rugged model. However, when a protective cover for oil is mounted on the GOT, the operating ambient temperature must be -20C to 50C. For using peripheral devices to be connected to the GOT, refer to the manual of each device.

Item Specifications *5

Operating ambient temperature *1

-20 C to 65 C

Storage ambient temperature -30 C to 75 C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Vibration resistance IEC 60068-2-6 Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude

Sweep count

Under intermittent vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 7.0 mm X, Y, or Z 10 times in each Z direction

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

19.6m/s2

Under continuous vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 7.0 mm

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

19.6 m/s2

Shock resistance IEC 60068-2-27 (392 m/s2(40 G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *2 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *3 II or less

Pollution degree *4 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

Grounding Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

The GOT rugged model uses the environmental protection sheet (not replaceable) with UV protection function on the front surface. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deterioration of the touch panel or the liquid crystal display panel that may be caused by ultraviolet rays. Note that if the rugged model is exposed to ultraviolet rays for an extended period of time, the front surface may turn yellow. If the rugged model is likely to be exposed to ultraviolet rays for an extended period of time, it is recommended to use a UV protective sheet (option).

CAUTION

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications 61

62

GT25HS-V

*1 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at an altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a malfunction.

*2 This indicates the power distribution section to which the equipment is assumed to be connected, between the public power grid and the machinery within the premises. Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*3 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C

Storage ambient temperature -20 C to 60 C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Vibration resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude

Sweep count

Under intermittent vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 3.5 mm X, Y, or Z 10 times in each direction

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2

Under continuous vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 1.75 mm

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2

Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2(15 G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *1 2000 m or less

Overvoltage category *2 II or less

Pollution degree *3 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

Grounding Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications

3

GT23

*1 Indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel on which the GOT is installed. *2 If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 C, the absolute humidity must not exceed 90% at 40 C. *3 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at an altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off.

*4 This indicates the power distribution section to which the equipment is assumed to be connected, between the public power grid and the machinery within the premises. Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature *1

0 to 55C

Storage ambient temperature -20C to 60C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Vibration resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude

Sweep count

Under intermittent vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 3.5 mm X, Y, or Z 10 times in each direction

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2

Under continuous vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 1.75 mm

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2

Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2(15 G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

Grounding Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications 63

64

GT21

*1 Indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel on which the GOT is installed. *2 If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 C, the absolute humidity must not exceed 90% at 40 C. *3 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at an altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off.

*4 This indicates the power distribution section to which the equipment is assumed to be connected, between the public power grid and the machinery within the premises. Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*6 For the 5 V DC type, grounding is unnecessary. *7 When a protective cover for oil is mounted on the GOT, the maximum operating ambient temperature must be 5C lower than the one

described above.

Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature *1

0C to 55C *7(Horizontal installation), 0C to 50C (Vertical installation)

Storage ambient temperature -20C to 60C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Vibration resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude

Sweep count

Under intermittent vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 3.5 mm X, Y, or Z 10 times in each direction

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2

Under continuous vibration

5 Hz to 8.4 Hz 1.75 mm

8.4 Hz to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2

Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2(15 G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

Grounding For GT2107-W and GT2105: Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross- sectional area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel. For GT2104 and GT2103: Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 or less by using a ground cable that has a cross- sectional area of 0.14 to 1.5 mm2 (solid wire), 0.14 to 1.0 mm2 (stranded wire), or 0.25 to 0.5 mm2 (rod terminal with an insulation sleeve). If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel. *6

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications

3

MEMO

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 General Specifications 65

66

3.2 Performance Specifications The following shows the performance specifications of the GOT.

GT27

GT2715-X Item Specifications

GT2715-XTBA GT2715-XTBD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 15

Resolution XGA: 1024 768 dots

Display size 304.1 (11.97) (W) 228.1 (8.98) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 64 characters 48 lines (2-byte) 12-dot standard font: 85 characters 64 lines (2-byte)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *6 (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length 1 m

Detection temperature Temperature difference between human body and ambient air: 4 C or higher

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 57 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 256 MB*8

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface For installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *5*7

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 397 (15.63) (W) 300 (11.81) (H) 60 (2.36) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 383.5 (15.10) (W) 282.5 (11.12) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 4.5 (9.9) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*6 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*7 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*8 If the function version is B or earlier, the memory for operation (RAM) is 128 MB.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 67

68

GT2712-S Item Specifications

GT2712-STBA GT2712-STBD

GT2712-STWA GT2712-STWD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 12.1

Resolution SVGA: 800 600 dots

Display size 246 (9.69) (W) 184.5 (7.26) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters 37 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots (per key) *6

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length 1 m

Detection temperature Temperature difference between human body and ambient air: 4 C or higher

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 57 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 256 MB*8

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface For installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *5*7

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 316 (12.44) (W) 246 (9.69) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 302 (11.89) (W) 228 (8.98) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.4 (5.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.100E or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*6 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*7 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*8 If the function version is B or earlier, the memory for operation (RAM) is 128 MB.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 69

70

GT2710-S, GT2710-V Item Specifications

GT2710-STBA GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBA GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA GT2710-VTWD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4

Resolution SVGA: 800 600 dots VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 211.2 (8.31) (W) 158.4 (6.24) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters 37 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two- byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two- byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *6 (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 57 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 256 MB*8

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

For installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *5*7

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 303 (11.93) (W) 218 (8.58) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 289 (11.38) (W) 200 (7.87) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.1 (4.6) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.100E or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*6 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*7 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*8 If the function version is B or earlier, the memory for operation (RAM) is 128 MB.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 71

72

GT2708-S, GT2708-V Item Specifications

GT2708-STBA GT2708-STBD

GT2708-VTBA GT2708-VTBD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4

Resolution SVGA: 800 600 dots VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 170.9 (6.73) (W) 128.2 (5.05) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters 37 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two- byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two- byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *6 (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 57 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 256 MB*8

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface For installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *5*7

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 241 (9.49) (W) 194 (7.64) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 227 (8.94) (W) 176 (6.93) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5 (3.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.100E or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*6 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*7 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*8 If the function version is B or earlier, the memory for operation (RAM) is 128 MB.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 73

74

GT2705-V Item Specifications

GT2705-VTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 5.7

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 115.2 (4.54) (W) 86.4 (3.40) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface *6 For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *5*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 167 (6.57) (W) 139 (5.47) (H) 60 (2.36) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 153 (6.02) (W) 121 (4.76) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.0 (2.2) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.130L or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*6 When multiple devices such as extension units, a barcode reader, and an RFID controller are connected, the total amount of current must be within the maximum amount of current supplied by the GOT. For the amount of current required for an extension unit, a barcode reader, or an RFID controller, and the maximum amount of current supplied by the GOT, refer to the following. Page 434 Calculating Consumed Current of GT2705-V

*7 The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 75

76

GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W

GT2512-WX Item Specifications

GT2512-WXTBD GT2512-WXTSD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 12.1" wide screen

Resolution WXGA: 1280 800 dots

Display size 261.12 (10.28) (W) 163.2 (6.43) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters 16-dot standard font: 80 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 106 characters 66 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 2 channels, data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Wireless LAN communication unit interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

Sound output interface 1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral) Applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 299 (11.77) (W) 219 (8.62) (H) 48 (1.89) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 290.5 (11.44) (W) 210.5 (8.29) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 1.7 kg (3.7 lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.250L or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the USB mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when

the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 77

78

GT2510-WX Item Specifications

GT2510-WXTBD GT2510-WXTSD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.1" wide screen

Resolution WXGA: 1280 800 dots

Display size 216.96 (8.54) (W) 135.6 (5.34) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters 16-dot standard font: 80 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 106 characters 66 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 2 channels, data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Wireless LAN communication unit interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

Sound output interface 1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral) Applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 252 (9.92) (W) 194 (7.64) (H) 48 (1.89) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 243.5 (9.59) (W) 185.5 (7.30) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 1.2 (2.6) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.175H or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the USB mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when

the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 79

80

GT2507-W Item Specifications

GT2507-WTBD GT2507-WTSD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 7" wide screen

Resolution WVGA: 800 480 dots

Display size 152.40 (6.00) (W) 91.44 (3.60) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters 16-dot standard font: 50 characters 30 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 40 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 2 channels Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Wireless LAN communication unit interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

Sound output interface 1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral) Applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 189 (7.44) (W) 142 (5.59) (H) 48 (1.89) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 180.5 (7.11) (W) 133.5 (5.26) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 0.75 (1.7) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.175H or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the USB mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when

the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 81

82

GT2507T-W Item Specifications

GT2507T-WTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 7" wide screen

Resolution WVGA: 800 480 dots

Display size 152.40 (6.00) (W) 91.44 (3.60) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters 16-dot standard font: 50 characters 30 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 40 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *6 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 2 channels Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Wireless LAN communication unit interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

Sound output interface 1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral) Applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

UV cutoff Front: Approximately 95% (370 nm)

Protective structure Front: IP66F **7/IP67F **7

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 214 (8.43) (W) 158 (6.22) (H) 55 (2.17) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 197 (7.76) (W) 141 (5.55) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.2 (2.6) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.195D or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged.

To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*7 The suffix "F" of IP66F and IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 83

84

GT25-S, GT25-V

GT2512-S, GT2512F-S Item Specifications

GT2512-STBA GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-STNA GT2512F-STND

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 12.1

Resolution SVGA: 800 600 dots

Display size 246 (9.69) (W) 184.5 (7.26) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters 16-dot standard font: 50 characters 37 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 50 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *8 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*9

In control panel: IP2X Front: IP67F *7*9

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 316 (12.44) (W) 246 (9.69) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch)

311 (12.24) (W) 237 (9.33) (H) 54 (2.13) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 302 (11.89) (W) 228 (8.98) (H) mm (inch) 269 (10.59) (W) 214 (8.43) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 2.4 (5.3) kg (lb) 2.4 (5.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.122C or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 To conform to IP67F, attach the environmental protection sheet. Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*8 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*9 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 85

86

GT2510-V, GT2510F-V Item Specifications

GT2510-VTBA GT2510-VTBD

GT2510-VTWA GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-VTNA GT2510F-VTND

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 211.2 (8.31) (W) 158.4 (6.24) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *8 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*9

In control panel: IP2X Front: IP67F *7*9

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 303 (11.93) (W) 218 (8.58) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch) 298 (11.73) (W) 209 (8.23) (H) 54 (2.13) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 289 (11.38) (W) 200 (7.87) (H) mm (inch) 234 (9.21) (W) 187 (7.36) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.1 (4.6) kg (lb) 2.1 (4.6) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 To conform to IP67F, attach the environmental protection sheet. Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*8 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*9 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 87

88

GT2508-V, GT2508F-V Item Specifications

GT2508-VTBA GT2508-VTBD

GT2508-VTWA GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-VTNA GT2508F-VTND

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 170.9 (6.73) (W) 128.2 (5.05) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *8 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 2 channels (front face and rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*9

In control panel: IP2X Front: IP67F *7*9

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 241 (9.49) (W) 194 (7.64) (H) 52 (2.05) (D) mm (inch) 236 (9.29) (W) 185 (7.28) (H) 54 (2.13) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 227 (8.94) (W) 176 (6.93) (H) mm (inch) 194 (7.64) (W) 158 (6.22) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5 (3.3) kg (lb) 1.5 (3.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X

when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 To conform to IP67F, attach the environmental protection sheet. Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*8 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*9 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 89

90

GT2505-V Item Specifications

GT2505-VTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 5.7

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 115.2 (4.54) (W) 86.4 (3.40) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *8 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (number of write times) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Terminating resistor: 330 , 100 , OPEN (Selectable by the terminating resistor setting switch. Factory default: 330 ) *7

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*9

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 164 (6.46) (W) 139 (5.47) (H) 53.5 (2.11) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 153 (6.02) (W) 121 (4.76) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 0.6 (1.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.180N or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the USB mark firmly.

(The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 For the GOT multi-drop connection, set the terminating resistor setting switch of the GOT according to the connection type. For details on the GOT multi-drop connection, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

*8 The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*9 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 91

92

GT25HS-V

GT2506HS-V Item Specifications

GT2506HS-VTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 6.5

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 132.5 (6.02) (W) 99.4 (4.76) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 40000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Switch Operation switch 6 switches (6 contacts/common) N/O contact, Maximum rating 10 mA/24 V DC, Life: 1000000 times

Grip switch 1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC HE3B-M2PB) Enable switch (deadman switch) 3-position system of OFF ON OFF *10

2 N/O contacts Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Emergency stop switch 1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC XA1E-BV303R) 3 N/C contacts Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Keylock switch (2-position switch)

1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC AS6M-2KT1PB) 2-notch type (Manual stop at each position/A key can be inserted and removed on only the left side./On the right side, a key cannot be removed./Two keys are provided.) 2-position, Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT15-BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 *9 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: Square 42 pins (male)

RS-422/485 *9 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: Square 42 pins (male)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: Square 42 pins (male)

USB (Host) 1 channel (Top face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (Top face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The rating is not applied when the interface environment protection cover or the environmental protection back cover is removed. The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP65F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*9 Select RS-422/485 or RS-232. Factory default: RS-422/485

*10 For details of the grip switch operation, refer to the following. Page 355 Grip switch

Protective structure IP65F *6*8 (When an external cable is connected, the rating is not applied to the relay connector side of the external cable.)

External dimensions 201 (7.91) (W) 230 (9.06) (H) 97 (3.82) (D) mm (inch) (Excluding projections such as the emergency stop switch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.2 (2.6) kg (lb) (GOT main unit only)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.170C or later

Item Specifications

GT2506HS-VTBD

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 93

94

GT2505HS-V Item Specifications

GT2505HS-VTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 5.7

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 115.2 (4.54) (W) 86.4 (3.40) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Switch Operation switch 6 switches (6 contacts/common) N/O contact, Maximum rating 10 mA/24 V DC, Life: 1000000 times

Grip switch 1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC HE3B-M2PB) Enable switch (deadman switch) 3-position system of OFF ON OFF *10

2 N/O contacts Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Emergency stop switch 1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC XA1E-BV303R) 3 N/C contacts Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Keylock switch (2-position switch)

1 switch (single wiring) (IDEC AS6M-2KT1PB) 2-notch type (Manual stop at each position/A key can be inserted and removed on only the left side./ On the right side, a key cannot be removed./Two keys are provided.) 2-position, Maximum rating 1 A/24 V DC (resistance load), Maximum rating 0.3 A/24 V DC (induction load), Life: 100000 times

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 *9 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: Round 32 pins (male)

RS-422 *9 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: Round 32 pins (male)

Ethernet *9 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: Round 32 pins (male)

USB (Host) 1 channel (Top face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (Top face)

USB 2.0 (High-Speed 480 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure IP65F *6*8 (When an external cable is connected, the rating is not applied to the relay connector side of the external cable.)

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The rating is not applied when the interface environment protection cover or the environmental protection back cover is removed. The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP65F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*9 Select one channel, RS-422, RS-232, or Ethernet. Ethernet interface is set at factory default.

*10 For details of the grip switch operation, refer to the following. Page 355 Grip switch

External dimensions 145 (5.71) (W) 185 (7.28) (H) 79.3 (3.12) (D) mm (inch) (Excluding projections such as the emergency stop switch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 0.79 (1.7) kg (lb) (GOT main unit only)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.195D or later

Item Specifications

GT2505HS-VTBD

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 95

96

GT23

GT2310-V Item Specifications

GT2310-VTBA GT2310-VTBD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 211.2 (8.31) (W) 158.4 (6.24) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 16 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 9MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 9MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery (option)

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

External dimensions 303 (11.93) (W) 218 (8.58) (H) 56 (2.20) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 289 (11.38) (W) 200 (7.87) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.9 (4.2) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.100E or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it

may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air. *7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged.

To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 97

98

GT2308-V Item Specifications

GT2308-VTBA GT2308-VTBD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4

Resolution VGA: 640 480 dots

Display size 170.9 (6.73) (W) 128.2 (5.05) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters 30 lines (two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 53 characters 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 16 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 9MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 9MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery (option)

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

External dimensions 241 (9.49) (W) 194 (7.64) (H) 56 (2.20) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 227 (8.94) (W) 176 (6.93) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5 (3.3) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.100E or later

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel. *6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it

may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air. *7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged.

To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 99

10

GT21

GT2107-W Item Specifications

GT2107-WTBD GT2107-WTSD

Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 7" wide screen

Resolution WVGA: 800 480 dots

Display size 152.40 (6.00) (W) 91.44 (3.60) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters 30 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 66 characters 40 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness Adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 15 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 45 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female) Terminating resistor: 330 , 100 , OPEN (Selectable by the terminating resistor setting switch.) *9

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 189 (7.44) (W) 142 (5.59) (H) 48 (1.89) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 180.5 (7.11) (W) 133.5 (5.26) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 0.7 (1.5) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.215Z or later

0 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the USB mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*9 For the GOT multi-drop connection, set the terminating resistor setting switch of the GOT according to the connection type. For the details of the GOT multi-drop connection, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 101

10

GT2105-Q Item Specifications

GT2105-QTBDS GT2105-QMBDS Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size 5.7

Resolution QVGA: 320 240 dots

Display size 115 (4.53) (W) 86 (3.39) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 20 characters 15 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 26 characters 20 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors 32-shade monochrome (black/white)

Brightness adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 65000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 9 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 45 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet

USB (Host)

USB (Device) 1 channel (front face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 164 (6.46) (W) 135 (5.32) (H) 55 (2.17) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 153 (6.02) (W) 121 (4.76) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.7 (1.5) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.144A or later

2 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover firmly and tighten the fixing screw on the lower part of the cover in the specified torque range (0.36 Nm to 0.48 Nm). (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.) Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 103

10

GT2104-R Item Specifications

GT2104-RTBD Display section *1*2 Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 4.3

Resolution 480 272 dots

Display size 95.0 (3.74) (W) 53.8 (2.12) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 30 characters 17 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 40 characters 22 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness adjustment 32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 9 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 45 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

USB (Host)

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 128 (5.04) (W) 102 (4.02) (H) 40 (1.57) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 118 (4.65) (W) 92 (3.62) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.4 (0.88) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.122C or later

4 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 105

10

GT2104-P Item Specifications

GT2104-PMBD GT2104-PMBDS GT2104-PMBDS2 GT2104-PMBLS Display section *1*2 Display device TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size 4.5

Resolution 384 128 dots

Display size 109.4 (4.31) (W) 36.5 (1.44) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 24 characters 8 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 32 characters 10 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 32-shade monochrome (black/white)

Brightness adjustment 32 levels

Backlight 5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, red) (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *7 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 6MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision 45 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Battery GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 C)

Built-in interface RS-232 (rear face) 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: MINIDIN 6-pin (female)

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: MINIDIN 6-pin (female)

RS-232 (side face) 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 5-pin connector terminal block

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block *9

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

6 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air.

*7 Minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger

*8 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*9 Use a 3 m or shorter cable.

Built-in interface USB (Host)

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED

Protective structure Front: IP67F *6*8

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 145 (5.71) (W) 76 (2.99) (H) 32.5 (1.28) (D) mm (inch)

145 (5.71) (W) 76 (2.99) (H) 29.5 (1.16) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 137 (5.39) (W) 66 (2.60) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.3 (0.66) kg (lb) 0.28 (0.62) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.131M or later GT Works3 Version1.137T or later

Item Specifications

GT2104-PMBD GT2104-PMBDS GT2104-PMBDS2 GT2104-PMBLS

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 107

10

GT2103-P Item Specifications

GT2103-PMBD GT2103-PMBDS GT2103-PMBDS2 GT2103-PMBLS Display section *1*2 Display device TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size 3.8

Resolution 320 128 dots

Display size 89.0 (3.50) (W) 35.6 (1.40) (H) mm (inch)

Number of displayed characters

16-dot standard font: 20 characters 8 rows (Two-byte characters) 12-dot standard font: 26 characters 10 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 32-shade monochrome (black/white)

Brightness adjustment 32 levels

Backlight 5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, red) (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Ambient temperature: 25C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4 Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 2 dots *9 (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor Detection length

Detection temperature

User memory User memory capacity Memory for storage (ROM): 3 MB

Life (Number of writings) 100000 times

Built-in clock precision

Battery

Life

Built-in interface RS-232 (rear face) 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: MINIDIN 6-pin (female)

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: MINIDIN 6-pin (female)

RS-232 (side face) 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422/485 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 5-pin connector terminal block

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422 1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block *11

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack) AUTO MDI/MDI-X

8 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications

3

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors. *3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight. *4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications. Material: Polyacetal resin Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a switch in an unintended location may operate. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 The SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD), sold separately, needs to be mounted. *7 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT should not be used in environments where it

may be exposed to oil or chemicals for a long period of time, or where oil mist fills the air. *8 The dimension when the SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD) is mounted is 113 (4.45) (W) 74 (2.91) (H) 32 (1.26) (D) mm (inch). *9 The minimum size of a key that can be arranged.

To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended. Key size: 16 16 dots or larger

*10 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of JIS C 0920 of the Japanese Industrial Standards.

*11 Use a 3 m or shorter cable.

Built-in interface USB (Host)

USB (Device) 1 channel (rear face)

USB1.1 (Full-Speed 12 Mbps), Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card *6 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

Auxiliary extension interface

Side interface

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED

Protective structure Front: IP67F *7*10

In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 113 (4.45) (W) 74 (2.91) (H) 32 (1.26) (D) mm (inch)

113 (4.45) (W) 74 (2.91) (H) 27 (1.06) (D) mm (inch) *8

113 (4.45) (W) 74 (2.91) (H) 27 (1.26) (D) mm (inch)

Panel cutting dimensions 105 (4.13) (W) 66 (2.60) (H) mm (inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.2 (0.44) kg (lb) 0.18 (0.40) kg (lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.119Z or later

Item Specifications

GT2103-PMBD GT2103-PMBDS GT2103-PMBDS2 GT2103-PMBLS

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.2 Performance Specifications 109

11

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section The following shows the power supply specifications of the GOT.

Operation at instantaneous power failure If an instantaneous power failure occurs in the power supply and continues for more than the permissible period, the GOT may be reset. Make sure to power on the unit more than 5 seconds after power-off.

GT27

Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC Item Specifications

GT2715-XTBA GT2712-STBA GT2712-STWA

GT2710-STBA GT2710-VTBA GT2710-VTWA

GT2708-STBA GT2708-VTBA

Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (5%)

Maximum apparent power 140 VA 100 VA

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 51 W or less 44 W or less 41 W or less 41 W or less

Main unit 25 W 19 W 17 W 15 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 10 W 10 W 10 W 10 W

Inrush current 40 A or less (3 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

60 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

0 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

3

Input power supply 24 V DC

GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W

Input power supply 24 V DC

Item Specifications

GT2715-XTBD GT2712-STBD GT2712-STWD

GT2710-STBD GT2710-VTBD GT2710-VTWD

GT2708-STBD GT2708-VTBD

GT2705-VTBD

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 48 W or less 45 W or less 42 W or less 39 W or less 30 W or less

Main unit 23 W 18 W 15 W 13 W 7 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 8 W 8 W 8 W 8 W 5 W

Inrush current 5 A or less (20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load) 69 A or less (1 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 10 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

Item Specifications

GT2512-WXTBD GT2512-WXTSD

GT2510-WXTBD GT2510-WXTSD

GT2507-WTBD GT2507-WTSD

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power consumption

Under the maximum load

20 W or less 16 W or less 16 W or less

Main unit 14 W 9 W 9 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF)

8 W 5 W 5 W

Inrush current 59 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time

5 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG 14 to 18)

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 111

11

GT2507T-W

Input power supply 24 V DC Item Specifications

GT2507T-WTSD Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 17 W or less

Main unit 11 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 7 W

Inrush current 59 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 5 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

2 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

3

GT25-S, GT25-V

Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC

Input power supply 24 V DC

Item Specifications

GT2512-STBA GT2512F-STNA

GT2510-VTBA GT2510-VTWA GT2510F-VTNA

GT2508-VTBA GT2508-VTWA GT2508F-VTNA

Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (5%)

Maximum apparent power 80 VA 80 VA 70 VA

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 35 W or less 34 W or less 31 W or less

Main unit 14 W 12 W 11 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 7 W 7 W 7 W

Inrush current 60 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

Item Specifications

GT2512-STBD GT2512F-STND

GT2510-VTBD GT2510-VTWD GT2510F-VTND

GT2508-VTBD GT2508-VTWD GT2508F-VTND

GT2505-VTBD

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%) 24 V DC (+10%, -15%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 37 W or less 33 W or less 31 W or less 8.4 W or less

Main unit 13 W 10 W 8 W 4.3 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 6 W 6 W 6 W 2.6 W

Inrush current 5 A or less (20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load) 42 A or less (2 ms, operating ambient temperature 25, maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 10 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Noise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz to 100 Hz

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth 500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 113

11

GT25HS-V

Input power supply 24 V DC Item Specifications

GT2506HS-VTBD GT2505HS-VTBD Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+10%, -15%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 11.6 W or less 8.4 W or less

Backlight OFF 8.2 W 7.0 W

Inrush current 30 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 5 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz to 100 Hz

Withstand voltage 500 V DC for 1 minute across power supply terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

4 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

3

GT23

Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC

Input power supply 24 V DC

Item Specifications

GT2310-VTBA GT2308-VTBA Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (5%)

Maximum apparent power 44 VA (under the maximum load) 30 VA (under the maximum load)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 18 W or less 11 W or less

Main unit 15 W 9 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 10 W 10 W 10 W 10 W

Inrush current 40 A or less (4 ms, ambient temperature: 25C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

Item Specifications

GT2310-VTBD GT2308-VTBD Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+25%, -20%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load 16 W or less 11 W or less

Main unit 13 W 8 W

Main unit (Backlight OFF) 7 W 6 W

Inrush current 40 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time 10 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 115

11

GT21

Input power supply 24 V DC/5 V DC For GT2107-W, GT2105

For GT2104, GT2103

Item Specifications

GT2107-WTBD GT2107-WTSD

GT2105-QTBDS GT2105-QMBDS

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+10%, -15%)

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load

11.3 W or less 4.5 W or less 2.9 W or less

Backlight OFF 7.0 W 2.2 W 2.2 W

Inrush current 35 A or less (3 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

27 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time

5 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz to 100 Hz

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size For power supply: 0.75 mm2 or more, For grounding: 2 mm2 or more

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.5 Nm to 0.8 Nm

Item Specifications

GT2104- RTBD

GT2104- PMBD

GT2104- PMBDS GT2104- PMBDS2

GT2103- PMBD

GT2103- PMBDS

GT2103- PMBDS2

GT2103- PMBLS GT2104- PMBLS

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+10%, -15%) 5 V DC (+5%, -5%) Power from the sequencer

Power consumpti on

Under the maximum load

4.4 W or less 2.9 W or less 2.2 W or less 2.6 W or less 1.9 W or less 2.2 W or less 1.1 W or less

Backlight OFF 2.9 W 2.2 W 1.5 W 2.0 W 1.3 W 1.6 W 0.7 W

Inrush current 18 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

30 A or less (1 ms, ambient temperature: 25 C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power failure time

5 ms or less

Noise immunity Noise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 s, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz to 100 Hz

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 M or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size Single wiring: solid wire 0.14 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG16), stranded wire 0.14 to 1.0 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG16), or rod terminal with an insulation sleeve 0.25 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG24 to AWG20) Double wiring: solid wire 0.14 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG20) or stranded wire 0.14 to 0.2 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG24)

Applicable solderless terminal AI 0.25-6BU (AWG24), AI 0.34-6TQ (AWG22), AI 0.5-6WH (AWG20) (manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT) Swage: CRIMPFOX 6 (manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT)

Applicable tightening torque (Terminal block terminal screw)

0.22 Nm to 0.25 Nm

6 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

3

3.4 Battery Specifications

Applicable battery The following batteries are applicable for GOT2000 series.

*1 GT2103-P does not have a built-in battery. *2 Not available to GT2506HS-V. *3 GT21 does not support the system status log data backup function.

Battery specifications The following describes the battery specifications for the GOT2000 series.

*1 GT2103-P does not have a built-in battery. *2 Not available to GT2506HS-V.

For the battery directive in EU member states, refer to the following. Page 368 Handling of batteries and devices with built-in batteries in EU member states

Retention period of the battery-backed data The following shows the retainable period of battery-backed data when the GOT is turned off.

GT27, GT25, GT23, GT21 (excluding GT25HS, GT2507T-W, and GT2103-P)

*1 In the following conditions, the data backup time is 5 minutes after the power supply is turned off. (As for GT23, the data backup time is 30 seconds.) The battery connector is disconnected. A battery lead is broken.

GT25HS-V

*1 In the following conditions, the data backup time is 5 minutes after the power supply is turned off. The battery connector is disconnected. A battery lead is broken.

Model name Description Target GOT GT11-50BAT Battery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data *3 GT27

GT25 *2

GT23 GT21 *1

GT15-BAT Battery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data GT2506HS-V

Item Specifications

GT27 GT25 *2 GT23 GT21 *1

GT2506HS-V

Model name GT11-50BAT GT15-BAT

Type Magnesium manganese dioxide lithium primary battery

Initial voltage 3.0 V

Nominal current 550 mAh 1800 mAh

Storage life Approx.5 years (Operating ambient temperature of 25C)

Total power stoppage time Page 117 Retention period of the battery-backed data

Lithium content 0.00015 kg (1.7 lb) 0.00057 kg (1.7 lb)

Ambient temperature 0 to 25 C

Operating ambient temperature of 25 to 45C

Operating ambient temperature of 45 to 55C

Data backup time after detection of battery voltage low *1

3 years 4 years 3 years 14 days

Operating ambient temperature of 0 to 25C

Operating ambient temperature of 25 to 40C

Data backup time after detection of battery voltage low *1

3 years 4 years 14 days

3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.4 Battery Specifications 117

11

GT2507T-W

*1 In the following conditions, the data backup time is 5 minutes after the power supply is turned off. The battery connector is disconnected. A battery lead is broken.

Battery life and replacement time GT27, GT25, GT23, and GT21 (excluding GT25HS-V and GT2103-P) Battery life reference: Approx.5 years in actual use (Ambient temperature: 25C) Battery replacement time reference: 3 to 4 years The battery is susceptible to self-discharge. Consult your local sales office when necessary. GT25HS-V Battery life reference: Approx.5 years in actual use (Ambient temperature: 25C) Battery replacement time reference: 3 to 4 years The battery is susceptible to self-discharge. Consult your local sales office when necessary. Check if the battery condition is normal within the utility. Refer to the following for details on the battery status display. GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Operating ambient temperature of -20 to 25C

Operating ambient temperature of 25 to 45C

Operating ambient temperature of 45 to 65C

Data backup time after detection of battery voltage low *1

3 years 4 years 3 years 14 days

8 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.4 Battery Specifications

4

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS Page 119 GT27 Page 123 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W Page 127 GT2507T-W Page 129 GT25-S, GT25-V Page 135 GT25HS-V Page 143 GT21

4.1 GT27 GT2715-X

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 122 Part names and settings of GT27

8)

19) 17)18)

7) 7) 7)

7) 7)

7)

20)

7)

7)

25) 24) 22) 21)

5)

6)

3)4)

1)2) 9)

10)

11) 12)

13)

14)

15) 16)

23)28)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.1 GT27 119

12

GT2712-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 122 Part names and settings of GT27

GT2710-S, GT2710-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 122 Part names and settings of GT27

1)2)

5)

25)

19)

8)

17)

9)

10)

11) 12)

13) 14)

20)

15)

24) 22) 21)

7) 7)

7) 7)

3)4)

26)

16)

23)

6)

18)

27)

27)

27)

27)

28)

13)

10)

11) 12)

14)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8)

17)

9)7) 7)

26)

1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

23) 18)

27) 27)

28)

0 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.1 GT27

4

GT2708-S, GT2708-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 122 Part names and settings of GT27

GT2705-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 122 Part names and settings of GT27

10)

11)12)13)

17)

14)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8) 9)7) 7)1)2)

5)

3)4)

16) 26)

20)

23) 18)

28)

7) 7)19) 17)23)

10)

11)12)13)

15)

8)

9)7) 7)

14)

20)

25) 24) 22) 21)

5)

3)4)

1)2)28)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.1 GT27 121

12

Part names and settings of GT27

*1 The special fittings are sold separately. To obtain the special fittings, contact your local sales office.

No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) USB interface (Host/front) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: TYPE-A) Applicable models: GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710-VTBA/D, GT2708- STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D, GT2705-VTBD

4) USB interface (Device/front) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B) Applicable models: GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710-VTBA/D, GT2708- STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D, GT2705-VTBD

5) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

6) Human sensor Detects human movement. Applicable models: GT2715-XTBA/D and GT2712-STBA/D

7) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

8) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

9) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

10) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

11) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

12) SD card cover Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states. When the cover is opened: Access prohibited When the cover is closed: Access allowed

13) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

14) Side interface (inside the cover) For installing a communication unit

15) USB interface (Host/back) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: TYPE-A)

16) Cable clamp mounting hole Cable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

17) Terminating resistor setting switch (inside the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and unused states (initial setting (unused))

18) Auxiliary extension interface For installing an option unit Applicable models: GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2712-STWA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710- VTBA/D, GT2710-VTWA/D, GT2708-STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D

19) Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

20) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

21) Power terminal Power input terminal, FG terminal, LG terminal (except GT2705-VTBD)

22) Ethernet interface For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))

23) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

24) RS-232 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

25) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

26) USB interface (Device/back) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B) Applicable model: GT2712-STWA/D, GT2710-VTWA/D

27) Special fitting installation hole *1 For fixing the GOT to the control panel to comply with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation Applicable model: GT2712-STWA/D, GT2710-VTWA/D

28) Rating plate

2 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.1 GT27

4

4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W GT2512-WX

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 125 Part names and settings of GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, and GT2507-W

GT2510-WX

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 125 Part names and settings of GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, and GT2507-W

14)

8)

4)

1)2) 5) 5)6)7)

11)12) 23)

15)

13)

16)

24)

5) 5) 3)

22) 21) 18) 19) 17) 20)

10) 9)

10) 9)

8)

14)

15)

22) 21) 18) 19) 17) 20)

4)

3)

1)2)

23)5) 5)

16)

24)

11)12)5) 5)6)7) 13)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W 123

12

GT2507-W

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 125 Part names and settings of GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, and GT2507-W

11)12)5) 5)7) 6)1)2)

4)

22) 21) 18) 19) 17) 20)

10) 9)

14)

23) 15)

13)5) 5)

16)

3)

8)24)

4 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W

4

Part names and settings of GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, and GT2507-W

*1 When you remove the USB cable from the GOT, support it by hand after the successful completion dialog is displayed. For closing the USB environmental protection cover, fix the cover to the GOT by firmly pushing the USB mark on the latch to comply with the protective structure.

*2 Leave the GOT on for more than 10 minutes before replacing the battery. Replace the battery within five minutes. Use GT11-50BAT for the battery. Incorrect handling may cause the battery to explode. Dispose of the battery as industrial waste.

*3 Use the copper wires for the wires to be connected to the power supply terminal.

No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) USB interface (Device/front) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B) mark: *1

4) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

5) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

6) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

7) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

8) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

9) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

10) SD card cover Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states. When the cover is opened: Access prohibited When the cover is closed: Access allowed

11) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

12) Terminating resistor setting switch (inside the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and unused states (initial setting (unused))

13) Wireless LAN communication unit interface (inside the cover)

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

14) USB interface (Host/back) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: TYPE-A)

15) Cable clamp mounting hole For attaching a cable clamp to prevent the USB cable or the sound output cable from being accidentally pulled out

16) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

17) Power terminal Power input terminal, FG terminal

18) Ethernet interface (port 1) For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))19) Ethernet interface (port 2)

20) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

21) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

22) RS-232 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

23) Sound output interface For outputting sounds (applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong))

24) Rating plate mark: *2*3

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W 125

12

MEMO

6 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.2 GT2512-WX, GT2510-WX, GT2507-W

4

4.3 GT2507T-W GT2507T-W

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 128 Part names and settings of GT2507T-W

10)11)4) 4)5)6) 12)

9) 8)

13) 23)

14) 7)16)

24)

1)2)

3)

22) 21) 17)18) 19) 20)

4) 4)

15)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.3 GT2507T-W 127

12

Part names and settings of GT2507T-W No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

4) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

5) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

6) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

7) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

8) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

9) SD card cover Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states. When the cover is opened: Access prohibited When the cover is closed: Access allowed

10) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

11) Terminating resistor setting switch (inside the cover) Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and unused states (initial setting (unused))

12) Wireless LAN communication unit interface (inside the cover)

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

13) USB interface (Host/back) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: TYPE-A)

14) USB interface (Device/back) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

15) Cable clamp mounting hole For attaching a cable clamp to prevent the USB cable or the sound output cable from being accidentally pulled out

16) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

17) Power terminal Power input terminal, FG terminal

18) Ethernet interface (port 1) For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))19) Ethernet interface (port 2)

20) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

21) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

22) RS-232 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

23) Sound output interface For outputting sounds (applicable plug: 3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong))

24) Rating plate

8 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.3 GT2507T-W

4

4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V GT2512-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

GT2512F-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

1)2)

5)

25)

19)

8)

17)

9)

10)

11) 12)

13) 14)

20)

15)

24) 22) 21)

7) 7)

7) 7)

3)4)

26)

16)

23)29)

10)

11)12)

14)

5)

7)

27)

13)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

27) 7) 27)19)

8)

17)

9)

27) 7)

26)

1)2)

16)

20)

27)

27)

27)27)

27)

27)

7)

23)29)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left. Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V 129

13

GT2510-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

GT2510F-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

13)

10)

11) 12)

14)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8)

17)

9)7) 7)

26)

1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

23)

28) 28)

29)

11)12)

14)

5) 7)

13)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

27) 27)19)

8)

17)

9)

27)

26)

1)2)

16)

20)

27)

27)

7)

7)

10)

27)

27)

27) 27)

27)

7)

23)29)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left. Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

0 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V

4

GT2508-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

GT2508F-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

10)

11)12)13)

17)

14)

15)

25) 24) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8) 9)7) 7)1)2)

5)

3)4)

16) 26)

20)

23)29)

10)

11)12)13)

27)

27)

5) 7)

15)

14)

25) 24) 22) 21)

27) 7) 27)19)

8)

17)

9) 7) 27)

26)

1)2)

20)

27)

7)

27)

27)

23)29)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left. Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V 131

13

GT2505-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 133 Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V

11)

13)

8) 23)

7)

10)7) 7)

15)

5)

1) 2)

4)

24)

25)

7) 17)

20)

30)

22) 21)

29)

31)

2 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V

4

Part names and settings of GT25-S and GT25-V No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) USB interface (Host/front) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: USB-A) Applicable models: GT2512-STBA/D, GT2510-VTBA/D, GT2508-VTBA/D

4) USB interface (Device/front) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: USB Mini-B) Applicable models: GT2512-STBA/D, GT2510-VTBA/D, GT2508-VTBA/D, GT2505-V

5) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied. (For GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, and GT2508F-VTNA/D, you can check the LED status from the GOT rear face.)

7) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

8) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

9) S.MODE switch *3 Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

10) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

11) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

12) SD card cover Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states. When the cover is opened: Access prohibited When the cover is closed: Access allowed

13) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

14) Side interface (inside the cover) For installing a communication unit

15) USB interface (Host/back) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: USB-A)

16) Cable clamp mounting hole Cable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

17) Terminating resistor setting switch (inside the cover)

GT2512, GT2510, GT2508 Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and unused states (initial setting (unused)) GT2505-V

For switching the terminating resistor setting of the RS-422/485 communication port to 330 , 110 , or OPEN (Default: 330 )

19) Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

20) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

21) Power terminal Power input terminal, FG terminal, LG terminal *2

22) Ethernet interface For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))

23) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

24) RS-232 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

25) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

26) USB interface (Device/back) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: USB Mini-B) Applicable models: GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510-VTWA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, GT2508-VTWA/D, GT2508F-VTNA/D

27) Fitting installation hole For fixing the fitting to the control panel Applicable models: GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, and GT2508F-VTNA/D

28) Special fitting installation hole *1 For fixing the GOT to the control panel to comply with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation Applicable model: GT2510-VTWA/D

29) Rating plate

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V 133

13

*1 The special fittings are sold separately. To obtain the special fittings, contact your local sales office.

*2 GT2505 does not have the LG terminal. *3 GT2505-V does not have the S.MODE switch.

To install OSs on the GT2505-V, refer to the following. GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual

30) SD card access switch For enabling or disabling the access to the SD card when the SD card is inserted/removed to/from the GOT ON: SD card access allowed (The SD card cannot be removed.) OFF: SD card access prohibited (The SD card can be removed.)

31) USB cable fixing hole For passing through a cable tie used to fix the USB cable to prevent the cable from being accidentally pulled out

No. Name Description

4 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.4 GT25-S, GT25-V

4

4.5 GT25HS-V GT2506HS-V

Front Panel

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

Back Panel

*1 Do not loosen or remove the two screws. For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

5)

6) 7) 3) 8)

1) 2)

4)4)

24)

18)

17)

19)

20)23)

11)

10)

15)

9)

13)

14)

12)

16)

*1

Environmental protection back cover closed Environmental protection back cover opened

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V 135

13

Top Face (Interface)

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

25 2726

Interface environmental protection cover closed

29

28

32 35

31 30

LED1 LED2 33 34

Interface environmental protection cover opened

6 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V

4

GT2505HS-V

Front Panel

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

Back Panel

*1 Do not loosen or remove the two screws. For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

12

86

3

27 5

13

11

17

18

10

16

12

Environmental protection back cover closed Environmental protection back cover opened

15)

1921 2223)9

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V 137

13

Top Face (Interface)

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 139 Part names and settings of GT25HS-V

26

25

Interface environmental protection cover closed

35 LED2 LED1

34

2829

3332

Interface environmental protection cover opened

8 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V

4

Part names and settings of GT25HS-V No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) Operation switch (6 switches) Switch for external direct wiring (independent contact)

4) Operation switch name sheet installation place

Place (concave shape) where the operation switch name sheet (Insert into the space from a transverse direction) is installed. For the details, refer to the following. Page 351 Operation switch name sheet creation (GT2506HS-V)

5) Emergency stop switch Switch for external direct wiring (independent contact)

6) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

7) Display LED for operation switch (6 LEDs)

Display LED for operation switch (green) (lighting control from display section)

8) Display LED for grip switch Display LED for grip switch (green) (lighting control from display section)

9) External interface connector GT2506HS-V For external cable connection (for PLC, switch and power supply external wiring) (Connector shape: square 42 pins, male) GT2505HS-V

For connecting an external cable to a PLC, switch, or power supply (Connector shape: Round 37 pins, male)

10) Environmental protection back cover GT2506HS-V Opened and closed when the PLC communication type is changed (RS-422/485 RS-232,before shipping: RS-422/485), or the battery is replaced. GT2505HS-V

Opened and closed when the PLC communication type is changed among Ethernet, RS-422, and RS- 232 (factory default: Ethernet), or when the battery is replaced.

11) Environmental protection back cover screw

For opening and closing the environmental protection back cover (drop prevention screw)

12) Hook for hanging on walls Hook when the Handy GOT is used hanging on walls.

13) Hand strap Used to hold the Handy GOT in hand by putting a hand under the strap. Length adjustable.

14) Grip angle changing screw Used when changing the angle of the grip. (5, M4 screw) The angle of the grip can be set either to the standard angle (as before shipping) or 15 degrees to the right.

15) Grip switch Switch for external direct wiring (independent contact)

16) Rating plate

17) Battery (inside the cover) For backing up clock data, system log data, and buffering data

18) Connector for battery connection (inside the cover)

For battery connection

19) RS-232 connector Connector for PLC communication using RS-232 For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Handy GOT Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1

20) RS-422/485 connector Connector for PLC communication using RS-422/485 For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Handy GOT Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1

21) RS-422 connector For communicating with a PLC using RS-422 For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Handy GOT Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1

22) Ethernet connector For communicating with a PLC using Ethernet

23) Cable connector for PLC communication

Interface cable connector for PLC communication GT2506HS-V

Connector for either 19) or 20) and for selection of the PLC communication type. (Connected to RS-422/485 before shipping.) GT2505HS-V

Connect this connector to one of the above connectors (19), 21), or 22)), and select a PLC communication type. (Connected to the Ethernet connector at factory default.)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V 139

14

24) Terminating resistor setting switch For switching the RS-422/485 communication interface terminating resistor (Set to Disable before shipping)

25) Emergency stop switch guard cover installing hole

For installing an emergency stop switch guard cover (option)

26) Interface environmental protection cover

GT2506HS-V Opened and closed to use the USB port, SD card, S.MODE switch, or reset switch. GT2505HS-V

Opened and closed to use the USB port or an SD card.

27) Keylock switch (2-position switch) Switch for external direct wiring (independent contact)

28) USB interface (Host) For data transfer, data storage (connector type: USB-A)

29) USB interface (Device) For PC connection (connector type: USB Mini-B)

30) Reset switch Switch for resetting the hardware

31) S.MODE switch (OS install switch) Switch used for OS installation at GOT startup.

32) SD card access switch For enabling or disabling the access to the SD card when the SD card is inserted/removed to/ from the Handy GOT ON: SD card access allowed (The SD card cannot be removed.) OFF: SD card access prohibited (The SD card can be removed.)

33) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

34) SD card interface For installing an SD card

35) Ethernet communication status LED LED1: ON during data transfer or reception, LED2: ON during 100 Mbps transmission

No. Name Description

ON side

OFF side

ON

1 2

Switch No.

Terminating resistor setting switch enlarged view

Terminating resistor

Enable

Disable

ON ON

OFF OFF

Set to Disable before shipping

1 2

0 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.5 GT25HS-V

4

4.6 GT23 GT2310-V, GT2308-V Example) GT2310-VTBA

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 142 Part names and settings of GT23

1)2)

3)

5) 6)

7)

8)

10)

9)

19) 18) 16) 15)

4) 13) 4)

4) 4)

12) 11)

14)

17)20)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.6 GT23 141

14

Part names and settings of GT23 No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

4) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

5) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

6) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

7) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

8) SD card cover Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states. When the cover is opened: Access prohibited When the cover is closed: Access allowed

9) USB interface (Host) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: TYPE-A)

10) USB interface (Device) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

11) Cable clamp mounting hole Cable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

12) Terminating resistor setting switch (inside the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and unused states (initial setting (unused))

13) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

14) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

15) Power terminal Power input terminal, LG terminal, FG terminal

16) Ethernet interface For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))

17) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

18) RS-232 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

19) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread) For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

20) Rating plate

2 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.6 GT23

4

4.7 GT21 GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2105-QTBDS, GT2105-QMBDS

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

1)2) 13)

4) 12) 16) 13)

14) 15)

19)

10)

13) 5)7)3)

13) 11)

9)

20)

1)2) 13)

11)

9)

6) 15)

16)

7)

12)

14)

18) 13)

13)

13)

20)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21 143

14

GT2104-RTBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2104-PMBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

1)2) 11)

15)

14)

9) 3)

7)

12) 16)5)

4)13) 13)

13) 13)

20)

1)2) 11)

12) 16)

3)

7) 14)

9)

15)

13) 13)

13) 13)

20)

4 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21

4

GT2104-PMBDS

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2104-PMBDS2

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2104-PMBLS

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

1)2) 11)

12) 16)

14)7) 9)

5)

13)13)

13) 13) 15)

20)

1)2) 11)

16)

14)6) 9)

5)

15)13) 13)

13)13) 20)

1)2) 11)

16)

8)

13) 13)

13) 13)20)

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21 145

14

GT2103-PMBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2103-PMBDS

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2103-PMBDS2

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

GT2103-PMBLS

For the names of parts, refer to the following. Page 147 Part names and settings of GT21

1)2) 11)

12)

3)

7) 9)

17)4)

13) 13)

13) 13)

20)

1)2) 11)

12)

5) 7) 9)

17)

13) 13)

13) 13)

20)

1)2) 11)

5) 6) 9)

17)

13) 13)

13) 13)

20)

1)2)

8)

13) 13)

13) 13)

11) 20)

6 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21

4

Part names and settings of GT21 No. Name Description 1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) Ethernet interface For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ45 (modular jack))

4) Ethernet communication status LED SD/RD LED ON: Data sent or received SD/RD LED OFF: Data not sent or received SPEED LED ON: Communicating at 100 Mbps SPEED LED OFF: Communicating at 10 Mbps or disconnected

5) RS-232 interface (Rear face) For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (FA transparent function) Connector shape is different depending on the model of the GT21. GT2107-W: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread GT2104-R: 9-pin connector terminal block GT2104-P: MINI-DIN 6-pin GT2103-P: MINI-DIN 6-pin

For connecting multiple GOTs, a barcode reader, an RFID, or a serial printer For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

6) RS-232 interface (Side face) For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (FA transparent function) Connector shape is different depending on the model of the GT21. GT2105: D-sub 9-pin (male), #4-40UNC inch screw thread GT2104-P: 9-pin connector terminal block GT2103-P: 9-pin connector terminal block

For connecting multiple GOTs, a barcode reader, an RFID, or a serial printer For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

7) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller Connector shape is different depending on the model of the GT21. GT2107-W, GT2105: D-sub 9-pin (female), M2.6 metric screw thread GT2104-R: 9-pin connector terminal block GT2104-P: 9-pin or 5-pin connector terminal block GT2103-P: 9-pin or 5-pin connector terminal block

For the pin layout of the connector, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products) For GT Works3 Version1

8) RS-422 interface For communicating with a controller (9-pin connector terminal block)

9) Power terminal Power input terminal, FG terminal

10) USB interface (Host) For connecting a USB mouse, a USB keyboard, or a USB barcode reader, and transferring or saving data (Connector shape: USB-A)

11) USB interface (Device) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

12) Terminating resistor setting switch Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port among 330 , 110 , and OPEN

13) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

14) SD card interface (inside the cover) For installing an SD card

15) SD card access LED ON: SD card installed Blink: SD card accessed OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

16) Battery (inside the cover) Space for housing the battery

17) SD card unit connector (inside the cover) For mounting the SD card unit

18) POWER LED Lit in blue: Power is properly supplied. Lit in orange: Screen saving Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure Not lit: Power is not supplied.

19) Cable clamp mounting hole Cable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

20) Rating plate

4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21 147

14

MEMO

8 4 PART NAMES AND SETTINGS 4.7 GT21

5

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE

Page 149 Overview Page 151 EMC Directive Requirements Page 169 Low Voltage Directive Requirements

5.1 Overview For electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electrical safety, regulatory standards are established in each country. Especially, for the products to be sold in European countries, conformance to the EMC Directive, which is one of the European Directives, has been mandatory as the EMC standards since 1996. In addition, conformance to the Low Voltage Directive, another European Directive, has also been mandatory as the electrical safety standards since 1997. In European countries, if a product meets the requirements of the EMC Directive or the Low Voltage Directive, the product's manufacturer must declare conformity of the product and affix the CE mark to the product. In some countries or regions other than European countries, the product's manufacturer also must declare conformity of the product and affix a designated mark to the product (example: UKCA mark in the UK). This section describes the EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive as examples for conformance to EMC and electrical safety standards. EMC and electrical safety standards in each country are stipulated to be consistent with the corresponding international standards. When the requirements are consistent with the same standards, common measures are taken to conform to the standards in different countries. For the EMC Directive, regulatory compliance with equivalent EMC standards are required for example in the UK and Korea. For the Low Voltage Directive, regulatory compliance with equivalent electrical safety standards are required for example in the UK.

Authorized representative in the EU and the UK The authorized representative in the EU and the UK is shown below. Company name: Mitsubishi Electric Europe BV Address: Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1, 40882 Ratingen, Germany

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.1 Overview 149

15

Conforming standards in the EMC Directive The GOT complies with the following standards in the EMC Directive.

*1 The GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment). Make sure to install the GOT on a control panel. This test item is conducted in the condition where the GOT is installed on a control panel and combined with the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC PLC.

*2 The length of a sound output cable must be 30 m or less. *3 QP: Quasi-peak value, Mean: Average value *4 This test item is conducted in the following conditions.

30 MHz to 230 MHz QP: 40 dBV/m (measured at 10 m) 230MHz to 1000MHz QP: 47 dBV/m (measured at 10 m)

Conforming standards in the Low Voltage Directive The GOT complies with the following standards in the Low Voltage Directive. EN61131-2: Programmable controllers - Equipment requirements and tests

Applied standard

Test standard Test details Standard value

EN61131-2 : 2007

CISPR16-2-3 Radiated noise *1*2

Test for measuring electromagnetic emissions from the product

30 MHz to 230 MHz QP: 30 dBV/m (measured at 30 m) *3*4

230MHz to 1000MHz QP: 37 dBV/m (measured at 30 m) *3*4

CISPR16-2-1 Conducted noise *1*2

Test for measuring electromagnetic emissions from the product to the power cables

150kHz to 500kHz QP: 79dB, Mean: 66dB *3

500kHz to 30MHz QP: 73dB, Mean: 60dB *3

IEC61000-4-2 Electrostatic immunity *1*2

Immunity test in which static electricity is applied to the cabinet of the equipment

Contact discharge: 4 kV Aerial discharge: 8 kV

IEC61000-4-3 Radiated electromagnetic field, amplitude modulation *1*2

Immunity test in which an electric field is applied to the product

80 MHz to 1000 MHz: 10 V/m 1.4GHz to 2GHz: 3V/m 2.0GHz to 2.7GHz: 1V/m (80% amplitude modulation at 1 kHz)

IEC61000-4-4 Fast transient burst noise *1*2

Immunity test in which burst noise is applied to the power cables and the signal lines

Power cable: 2kV Digital I/O: 1kV Analog I/O: 1kV Signal cable: 1kV

IEC61000-4-5 Surge immunity *1*2

Immunity test in which lightening surge is applied to the product

AC power type Power cable (between cable and ground): 2 kV Power cable (between cables): 1 kV Data communication port: 1 kV DC power type

Power cable (between cable and ground): 0.5kV Power cable (between cables): 0.5kV Data communication port: 1 kV

IEC61000-4-6 Conducted RF immunity *1*2

Immunity test in which a noise inducted on the power cable and the signal lines is applied

Power cable: 10V Data communication port: 10 V

IEC61000-4-8 Power supply frequency magnetic field immunity *1*2

Test for checking normal operations under the circumstance exposed to the ferromagnetic field noise of the power supply frequency (50/ 60 Hz)

30 A/m

EN61131-2 : 2007

IEC61000-4-11 Instantaneous power failure and voltage dips immunity

Test for checking normal operations at instantaneous power failure

AC power type 0.5 cycle 0% (Interval 1 second to 10 seconds) 250/300 cycle 0% 10/12 cycle 40% 25/30 cycle 70%

0 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.1 Overview

5

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements The EMC Directive requires the following. Strong electromagnetic waves are not emitted to the outside.: Emission (Electromagnetic interference) The product is not affected by the electromagnetic waves from the outside.: Immunity (Electromagnetic sensitivity) To comply with the EMC Directive, this section explains the precautions for configuring equipment integrating the GOT. The data described herein are produced with our best, based on the regulation requirements and standards obtained by Mitsubishi Electric. However, the data do not guarantee that the whole equipment produced according to the data comply with the above directive. The manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the EMC Directive and conformance to the directive.

Installing the GOT on the control panel The GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment). Make sure to install the GOT in a control panel. This restriction ensures safety and also has a large effect of suppressing noise generated from the GOT by using the control panel.

Control panel The control panel must be conductive. When fixing a top or bottom plate of the control panel with bolts, do not coat the plate and bolt surfaces so that they contact each other. Connect the door and the box using a thick grounding cable to ensure the low impedance under high frequency. To ensure electric conductivity in the large area as much as possible between an inner plate and the control panel, do not coat the fixing bolt area of the inner plate and the control panel. Ground the control panel using a thick grounding cable to ensure the low impedance under high frequency. The diameter of cable holes on the control panel must be 10 cm or less. If the diameter of the hole is 10 cm or more, radio waves may leak. To reduce the chance of radio waves leaking out, ensure that the space between the control panel and its door is as small as possible. Pasting the following EMI gasket directly on the painted surface seals the space, reducing the leak of electric waves.

Our test has been carried out on a panel having the damping characteristics of 37 dB max. and 30 dB mean (measured by 3m method with 30 MHz to 300 MHz).

Connection of power and ground cables Ground the GOT and connect power supply cables as shown below.

Wiring the ground cable Provide a ground point near the GOT. Short-circuit the line ground terminal (LG terminal) and the frame ground terminal (FG terminal) of the GOT, and ground them with the thickest and shortest cable as possible.

Ground cable length The ground cable length must be 30 cm or shorter. The LG and FG terminals pass the noise generated in the GOT system to the ground. Therefore, ensure an impedance as low as possible. Since the ground cables relieve the noise, the cables themselves carry a large noise. Thus, short wiring prevents the cable from acting as an antenna. (A long conductor is an antenna radiating noise more efficiently.)

Manufacturer Series name Contact KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. RFSG series (Recommended Product) +81-587-34-3561

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 151

15

Treatment of the power cable and the ground cable Twist the ground cable led from the ground point with the power cable. Twisting with the ground cable relieves more noise from the power cable to the ground. When a noise filter is installed to the power cable, twisting the power cable and the ground cable may not be required.

Installing a noise filter (power supply line filter) A noise filter is a part to effectively reduce conducted noise. Except some models, installation of a noise filter to the power supply lines is not necessary. However, installing the noise filter can reduce conducted noise. The noise filter is effective to reduce conducted noise in the band of 10 MHz or less. Use a noise filter equivalent to the following noise filters (double -type filters).

Precautions The following shows the precautions for installing a noise filter.

Prohibition of bundling cables Do not bundle the input and output cables of the noise filter. Bundling the cables inducts the noise from the output-side cable into the input-side cable where noise has been eliminated by the noise filter.

Grounding the noise filter Connect the ground terminal of the noise filter to the control panel with a short cable as much as possible (approximately 10 cm).

Model Manufacturer Rated current Rated voltage FN343-3/05 SCHAFFNER 3A 250V

FN660-6/06 SCHAFFNER 6A

RSHN-2003 TDK 3A

Input side (power supply side)

Output side (device side)

Filter

Wire the input and output cables separately.

Filter

Input side (power supply side)

Induction

Output side (device side)

Bundling the input and output cables inducts noise.

Bundling

2 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

System configuration You can also check the EMC Directive compliance status of the GOT2000 series at the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global Website. For the latest information, go to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global Website. www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa

GOT Use the following GOTs having a CE mark on the rating plate. For how to check the hardware version of the GOT, refer to the following. Page 432 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards : Compliant : Not compliant

Product name Model Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

EMC Directive

GT2715 GT2715-XTBA Version A or later (April 2014)

GT2715-XTBD

GT2712 GT2712-STBA Version A or later (August 2013)

GT2712-STBD

GT2712-STWA

GT2712-STWD

GT2710 GT2710-STBA

GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBA

GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA

GT2710-VTWD

GT2708 GT2708-STBA

GT2708-STBD

GT2708-VTBA

GT2708-VTBD

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD Version A or later (April 2015)

GT2512 GT2512-WXTBD Version A or later (January 2021)

GT2512-WXTSD

GT2512-STBA Version A or later (October 2014)

GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-STNA Version A or later (January 2016)

GT2512F-STND

GT2510 GT2510-WXTBD Version A or later (April 2017)

GT2510-WXTSD

GT2510-VTBA Version A or later (April 2014)

GT2510-VTBD

GT2510-VTWA

GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-VTNA Version A or later (January 2016)

GT2510F-VTND

GT2508 GT2508-VTBA Version A or later (April 2014)

GT2508-VTBD

GT2508-VTWA

GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-VTNA Version A or later (January 2016)

GT2508F-VTND

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 153

15

Connection type The following table lists the connection types compliant with the EMC Directive. : Compliant : Not compliant

*1 For the details of each connection type, refer to the following manual. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 that covers the controller used

*2 When connecting the GOT to other controllers such as a non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC, fabricate connection cables and configure the system following the EMC Directive specifications. Page 167 Non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC, microcomputer, temperature controller, inverter, servo amplifier, CNC, MODBUS/RTU, and MODBUS/TCP connections

*3 Not available to GT25-W, GT2505-V and GT25HS-V. *4 Not available to GT2104-PMBDS2, GT2104-PMBLS, GT2103-PMBDS2, and GT2103-PMBLS. *5 Not available to GT25HS-V.

GT2507 GT2507-WTBD Version A or later (April 2017)

GT2507-WTSD

GT2507T-WTSD Version A or later (April 2018)

GT2505 GT2505-VTBD Version A or later (August 2017)

GT2505HS-VTBD Version A or later (April 2018)

GT2506 GT2506HS-VTBD Version A or later (August 2017)

GT2310 GT2310-VTBA Version A or later (August 2013)

GT2310-VTBD

GT2308 GT2308-VTBA

GT2308-VTBD

GT2107 GT2107-WTBD Version A or later (February 2017)

GT2107-WTSD

GT2105 GT2105-QTBDS Version B or later (May 2016)

GT2105-QMBDS

GT2104 GT2104-RTBD Version B or later (March 2015)

GT2104-PMBD Version B or later (October 2015)

GT2104-PMBDS

GT2104-PMBDS2 Version B or later (April 2016)

GT2104-PMBLS

GT2103 GT2103-PMBD Version B or later (October 2014)

GT2103-PMBDS

GT2103-PMBDS2 Version B or later (April 2015)

GT2103-PMBLS

Connection type *1 GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 Ethernet connection

Direct CPU connection (serial)

Serial communication connection

Bus connection *3

MELSECNET/H connection (PLC to PLC network) *3

CC-Link IE TSN connection *3

CC-Link IE Controller Network connection *3

CC-Link IE Field Network connection *3

CC-Link connection (Intelligent device station) *3

CC-Link connection (Via G4)

GOT multi-drop connection *5 *4

Other connections (Connection with non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC, microcomputer, inverter, temperature controller, servo amplifier, CNC, and MODBUS equipment) *2

Product name Model Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

EMC Directive

4 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

Connected devices When connecting the GOT to a non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC, refer to the manual about the EMC Directive compliance of the connected device (such as a PLC and a microcomputer). The GT25HS-V is compliant with the EMC Directive only when it is connected via a connector conversion box using an applicable connection type mentioned above.

Communication unit To comply with the EMC Directive, use the following communication units. When any other than the following communication units is used, the GOT does not comply with the EMC Directive.

Connection type Communication unit Hardware version (Manufacture year and month) Ethernet connection GOT Ethernet interface -

GT25-J71E71-100 Version A or later (September 2016)

Direct CPU connection (serial) GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

Serial communication connection GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

Bus connection GT15-QBUS Version D or later (October 2005)

GT15-QBUS2 GT15-ABUS GT15-ABUS2

Version C or later (October 2005)

GT15-75QBUSL GT15-75QBUS2L GT15-75ABUSL GT15-75ABUS2L

Version G or later (March 2005)

MELSECNET/H connection (PLC to PLC network)

GT15-J71LP23-25 GT15-J71BR13

Version C or later (September 2006)

CC-Link IE TSN connection GT25-J71GN13-T2 Version A or later (June 2019)

CC-Link IE Controller Network connection

GT15-J71GP23-SX Version A or later (December 2007)

CC-Link IE Field Network connection

GT15-J71GF13-T2 Version A or later (April 2011)

CC-Link connection (Intelligent device station)

GT15-J61BT13 Version C or later (September 2006)

Non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

Microcomputer connection (Ethernet)

GOT Ethernet interface -

Microcomputer connection (Serial) GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

Temperature controller connection GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S GT15-RS4-TE

Version D or later (January 2006)

Inverter connection GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS4-9S Version D or later (January 2006)

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 155

15

Option unit To comply with the EMC Directive, use the following option units. When any other than the following option units is used, the GOT does not comply with the EMC Directive.

*1 To use the unit on GT2715, the hardware version of the supplied GT16M-V4R1-Z/GT16M-V4-Z/GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000 must also be B or later.

Option The following lists the options compliant with the EMC Directive. : Compliant : Not compliant

Servo amplifier connection GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

CNC connection GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P GT15-RS4-9S

Version D or later (January 2006)

GT15-J71LP23-25 GT15-J61BT13

Version C or later (September 2006)

GOT Ethernet interface -

MODBUS/RTU connection GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S Version D or later (January 2006)

MODBUS/TCP connection GOT Ethernet interface -

Product name Model Hardware version (Manufacture year and month) Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-Z Version A or later (August 2013)

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-Z Version A or later (August 2013), GT2715: Version B or later (April 2014) *1Video input unit GT27-V4-Z

RGB input unit GT27-R2 Version A or later (April 2015)

GT27-R2-Z Version A or later (August 2013), GT2715: Version B or later (April 2014) *1

RGB output unit GT27-ROUT Version A or later (April 2015)

GT27-ROUT-Z Version A or later (August 2013)

Printer unit GT15-PRN Version B or later (Feb 2006)

Digital video output unit GT27-VHOUT Version A or later (November 2018)

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT Version B or later (May 2007)

External I/O unit GT15-DIO Version B or later (May 2007)

GT15-DIOR Version A or later (July 2008)

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD - (October 2014)

Product name Model Hardware version (Manufacture year and month) EMC Directive Connector conversion box GT16H-CNB-42S Version D or later (January 2006)

GT16H-CNB-37S -

GT11H-CNB-37S -

Connection type Communication unit Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

6 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

Cable MELSECNET/H (coaxial cable), and video connections Use a double shielded coaxial cable. The 5C-2V connector plug is applicable to the double shielded coaxial cable. Connect the 5C-2V connector plug to the coaxial cable inside the double shielded coaxial cable. Ground the shielded part outside the double shielded coaxial cable as shown in the following figure.

CC-Link IE Field Network connection Use the following cable dedicated to the CC-Link IE Field Network.

External cable Use version C or later of GT11H-C-37P.

Other connections For the details of the cables used, refer to the following manual. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 that covers the controller used

Fabricating cables To comply with the EMC Directive, fabricate cables (including user-created cables). For how to fabricate a cable, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 that covers the controller used

Manufacturer Model Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. SC-E5EW-SM

Grounding

Mitsubishi cable: 5C-2V-CCY Double-shielded coaxial cable

Internal conductor Insulation

material External conductor

Sheath

External conductor (Grounding)

Sheath Enlarged view of cable

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 157

15

Connection of power cables and ground cables Carry out wiring and connect the power and ground cables according to the following instruction. By the different wiring or connection method, the system may not comply with EMC Directive.

Wiring method As shown in the figure below, connect the power cable and the ground cable, and then attach a ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330, manufactured by TDK Corporation) within the specified range. GT23 does not need ferrite cores. Make sure to ground the LG cable and FG cable. For connection of power cables and ground cables, refer to the following. Page 151 Connection of power and ground cables GT2705-VTBD, GT25-W, GT2505-VTBD, and GT21 do not have the LG ground terminal.

100 V AC to 240 V AC GOT power supply section (GT27, GT25, GT23 only)

24 V DC power supply section (GT27, GT25 except Handy GOT, and GT23 only)

INPUT 100-240VAC

(LG) (FG)

90 m

m o

r l es

s

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

INPUT 24VDC

+- (LG) (FG)

90 m

m o

r l es

s

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

8 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

24 V DC power supply section (Handy GOT only)

1 turn

75 mm or less

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 159

16

Fabricating a connection cable Fabricate the cables used for the GOT by the methods as shown in this section. The fabrication requires a ferrite core, cable clamp, and cable shielding materials. The following products have passed the Mitsubishi Electric EMC Directive compliance test. ZCAT3035-1330 ferrite core (TDK Corporation) AD75CK-type cable clamp (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation) Zipper tubing SHNJ type (Zippertubing (Japan),Ltd)

Ethernet connection Ethernet cable Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable Connecting to the Ethernet interface of the GOT or the Ethernet communication unit (GT25-J71E71-100)

Connecting to the multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z)

Direct CPU connection (serial) RS-232 cable and RS-422 cable Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

PLC/personal computer sideGOT side

230 or less 40 40 400 or less Unit: mm (inch) (9.06) (1.57) (1.57) (15.75)

120 or less

Personal computer side

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330) GOT side

230 or less 40 Unit: mm (inch)

120 or less(4.72) (4.72)

(9.06) (1.57)

100 or less

Unit : mm (inch)

GOT side PLC sideFerrite Core (ZCAT3035-1330)

(3.94)

100 or less (3.94)

0 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

Serial communication connection RS-232 cable and RS-422 cable Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

Bus connection GT15-QCB and GT15-QCBS Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

GT15-CBS 1. Cut the ground cables from both ends of the cable to the length as shown in the figure below.

2. Install ferrite cores to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below, and insert the ground cables through the ferrite cores.

3. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding.

The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

230 or less 40

230 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

GOT side PLC CPU side

40 (9.06) (1.57) (1.57) (9.06)

GOT side

40 40

PLC/GOT side

Unit: mm (inch)

360 or less360 or less (14.17) (14.17)(1.57) (1.57)

(14.17) (14.17)

(2.36) (2.36)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

360 or less 40 40Ground cables

(280 (11.02))

60 or less

GOT side

60 or less

360 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

PLC/GOT side

(1.57) (1.57)

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 161

16

Other bus connection cables 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable

shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

2. Install ferrite cores to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below, and insert the braided cable for grounding at the PLC side through the ferrite core.

MELSECNET/H connection (PLC to PLC network) connection Coaxial cable 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose outer braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

Fiber-optic cable Fabricating a cable is not required.

80

GOT side PLC side

40 or less Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50(1.97))

Grounding braided wire (200 (7.87))

Cable shielding material 80

40 or less (1.57)

(3.15)

(1.57)

(3.15)

130 or less

GOT side PLC side Ferrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 400 or less40 40 Unit: mm (inch)

130 or less (5.12)

(9.06) (1.57)

(5.12)

(15.75)(1.57)

2 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

CC-Link IE TSN connection Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

CC-Link IE Field Network connection 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

230 or less 40 40

Controller sideGOT side

400 or less Unit: mm (inch)(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)(1.57)

230 or less 40 40

120 or less

Controller side Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

GOT side

400 or less Unit: mm (inch)

(4.72)

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)(1.57)

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 163

16

CC-Link connection (Intelligent device station) 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below. CC-Link dedicated cable for connecting the GOT and PLC

CC-Link dedicated cable for connecting the GOT and GOT

External I/O device connection 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

2. Connect the braided shield to the connector with the connector cover.

3. Twist the power cables.

130

GOT side PLC side Ferrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 400 or less40 40 Unit: mm (inch)

130 (5.12)

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)

(5.12)

(1.57)

130

GOT side GOT side Ferrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 230 or less40 40 Unit: mm (inch)

130 (5.12)

(9.06) (1.57)

(5.12)

(9.06)(1.57)

Connector cover

Braided shield GOT side

External I/O device side

360 or less 360 or less40 40

Unit: mm (inch)

Power cable

(14.17) (1.57) (14.17)(1.57)

4 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

Video/RGB/HDMI connection Video input cable Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose outer braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp. Page 168 Grounding a cable

RGB input cable 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable

shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

RGB output cable 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable

shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)(1.57)

Video camera/ vision sensor sideGOT side

Unit: mm (inch)

230 or less 40 40 400 or less

GOT side Vision sensor/ personal computer side

40 or less130 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

170 or less

(5.12) (1.57) (6.69)

GOT side Vision sensor/ personal computer side

40 or

less130 or less Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

110 or less (5.12) (1.57) (4.33)

GT2715

GT2712,GT2710,GT2708

GOT side External display side

200 or less 200 or less20 or less 20 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

(7.87) (0.79) (0.79) (7.87)

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 165

16

HDMI output cable Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

Sound output device connection (GT25-W only) Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

90 or less

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

90 or less Unit: mm (inch)

(3.54)(3.54)

60 or less 100 or less

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)GOT side

Unit: mm (inch)

(3.94)(2.36)

Sound output device side

6 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

Non-Mitsubishi Electric PLC, microcomputer, temperature controller, inverter, servo amplifier, CNC, MODBUS/RTU, and MODBUS/TCP connections Create the cables (RS-232 cable, RS-422/485 cable) for connecting the GOT and a controller by yourself. For how to create a cable, refer to the following. GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 that covers the controller used

Treatment of the RS-232 cable and RS-422/485 cable When the GOT is connected to a controller, configure the system according to the EMC Directive specifications for the controller. The following shows the recommended instructions to comply with the EMC Directive. However, the manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the EMC Directive and conformance to the directive. RS-422/485 cable When connecting each signal wire (except SG and FG wires), twist two signal wires as shown below.

Connect two or more SG wires. RS-232 cable Twist each signal wire (except SG and FG wires) with the SG wire.

Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

SDA RDA

RDBSDB

RDA

RDB

SDA

SDB

RD

RDSD

SD

DTR

DTR

DSR

DSR

SG SG

100 or less

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

100 or less

GOT side PLC CPU side

Unit: mm (inch) (3.94) (3.94)

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 167

16

Grounding a cable

Grounding method Ground the cable and ground cable to the control panel where the GOT and the PLC are installed. Ground the braided shield section of the cable to the control panel with the cable clamp (AD75CK).

To ground a bus connection cable, ground the braided cable for grounding to the control panel by tightening a screw.

Precautions Do not arrange the cable clamp close to the other cables that are not clamped. The noise from the control panel may enter the cable clamp and adversely affect the GOT.

Braided shield

Cable clamps For the attachment details of cable clamps, refer to AD75CK-type Cable Clamping Instruction Manual .

Ground the ground cable to the FG terminal at the GOT power supply section when using GT15-CEXSS-1 or GT15-CBS.

GOT FG terminal FG wire Bus connection cable

8 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

5

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements The Low Voltage Directive requires that the equipment operating with power supply ranging from 50 V AC to 1000 V AC or 75 V DC to 1500 V DC has enough safety. This section explains the precautions for the installation and wiring of the GOT to comply with the Low Voltage Directive. The data described herein are produced with our best, based on the regulation requirements and standards obtained by Mitsubishi Electric. However, the data do not guarantee that the equipment produced according to the data comply with the above directive. The manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the Low Voltage Directive and conformance to the directive.

Power supply The insulation specification of the GOT is designed assuming installation category II. Make sure to supply power to the GOT in installation category II.

The installation category indicates the withstand surge voltage generated by lightning strike. Installation category I indicates the lowest withstand level, and installation category IV indicates the highest withstand level. Installation category II indicates a power supply whose voltage has been reduced by two or more levels of isolation transformers from the public power distribution.

Control panel The GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment). Make sure to install the GOT in a control panel.

Electric shock protection To prevent a person who does not have enough knowledge of electric facilities, such as an operator, from electric shock, take the following measures on the control panel.

Locking the control panel Lock the control panel, and allow only a person who is well educated and has enough knowledge of electric facilities to unlock the control panel.

Automatic power shutdown Build the structure so that the power supply is shut down when the control panel is opened.

Category IV Category III Category II Category I

5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements 169

17

Dustproof and waterproof features The control panel also prevents dust and water. Insufficient dustproof and waterproof protection may lower the insulation withstand voltage, resulting in an insulation breakdown. Since the insulation of the GOT is designed assuming pollution degree 2, use the GOT in an environment of pollution degree 2 or less.

Grounding The ground terminals must be grounded in use. Ground the GOT to ensure the safety and to comply with the EMC Directive. The GOT has the following ground terminals. Functional grounding : The functional ground terminal improves noise resistance.

External wiring

External controllers If an external device connected to the GOT has a hazardous voltage circuit, the interface circuit to the GOT must have a reinforced insulation.

Reinforced insulation The reinforced insulation indicates the insulation with the following withstand voltage. Reinforced insulation withstand voltage (Source: Installation Category II of IEC664)

Pollution degree Description 1 Environment where the air is dry and nonconductive dust occurs

2 Environment where normally nonconductive dust occurs However, temporary conductivity occasionally occurs due to the accumulated dust. For example, the inside of the control panel in a control room or in the floor at a typical factory

3 Environment where conductive dust occurs and conductivity may occur due to the accumulated dust For example, a typical factory floor

4 Environment where continuous conductivity may occur due to rain, snow, and others For example, outdoor

Rated voltage of hazardous voltage area Withstand surge voltage (1.2/50 s) 150 V AC or less 2500V

300 V AC or less 4000V

0 5 EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements

6

6 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL Page 171 Installation Precautions Page 172 Panel Cut Dimensions Page 179 Stud Page 182 Installation Position Page 198 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle Page 204 Installing the GOT Page 215 Removing the GOT Page 220 Handling the Handy GOT Page 227 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit Page 230 Installing the Battery Page 241 Removing the Battery Page 250 Installing the SD Card Page 257 Removing the SD Card Page 264 Installing and Removing the USB Devices Page 266 Installing and Removing the USB cable Page 268 Installing and Removing the Panel-Mounted USB Port Extension

6.1 Installation Precautions Install the GOT with consideration of the control panel inside dimensions and the installation prohibited area. Depending on the types of connection cables connected to the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required. Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.

6 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 6.1 Installation Precautions 171

17

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions GT27

GT2715-X Open an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness GT2715-X 383.5 (15.10)

(+2 (0.08), 0 (0)) 282.5 (11.12) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

10 (0.39) or More 1.6 (0.06) to 4 (0.16)

A

B

CC

C C

A

B

C C

CC

Horizontal Vertical

2 6 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions

6

GT2712-S, GT2710-S, GT2710-V, GT2708-S, GT2708-V, GT2705-V Open an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness GT2712-S 302 (11.89)

(+2 (0.08), 0 (0)) 228 (8.98) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

10 (0.39) or More 1.6 (0.06) to 4 (0.16)

GT2710-S, GT2710-V 289 (11.38) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

200 (7.87) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

GT2708-S, GT2508-V 227 (8.94) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

176 (6.93) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

GT2705-V 153 (6.02) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

121 (4.76) (+2 (0.08), 0 (0))

A

B C

C

A

BC C

Horizontal Vertical